1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 256 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 257 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 258 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 259 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 260 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 261 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 262 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 263 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 264 265 if (!LookupCtx) { 266 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 267 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 268 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 269 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 270 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 271 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 272 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 273 // 274 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 275 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 276 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 277 return nullptr; 278 279 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 280 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 281 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 282 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 283 284 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 285 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 286 II, NameLoc); 287 return ParsedType::make(T); 288 } 289 290 return nullptr; 291 } 292 293 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 294 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 295 return nullptr; 296 } 297 298 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 299 // lookup for class-names. 300 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 301 LookupOrdinaryName; 302 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 303 if (LookupCtx) { 304 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 305 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 306 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 307 // nested-name-specifier. 308 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 309 310 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 311 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 312 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 313 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 314 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 315 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 316 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 317 LookupName(Result, S); 318 } 319 } else { 320 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 321 LookupName(Result, S); 322 323 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 324 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 325 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 326 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 327 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 328 return TypeInBase; 329 } 330 } 331 332 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 333 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 334 case LookupResult::NotFound: 335 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 336 if (CorrectedII) { 337 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 338 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 339 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 340 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 341 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 342 TemplateTy Template; 343 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 344 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 345 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 346 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 347 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 348 if (SS && NNS) { 349 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 350 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 351 } 352 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 353 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 354 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 355 // is handled elsewhere). 356 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 357 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 358 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 359 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 360 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 361 IsCtorOrDtorName, 362 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 363 if (Ty) { 364 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 365 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 366 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 367 if (SS && NNS) 368 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 369 *CorrectedII = NewII; 370 return Ty; 371 } 372 } 373 } 374 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 375 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 376 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 377 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 378 return nullptr; 379 380 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 381 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 382 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 383 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 384 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 385 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 386 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 387 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 388 return nullptr; 389 } 390 391 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 392 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 393 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 394 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 395 if (!IIDecl || 396 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 397 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 398 IIDecl = *Res; 399 } 400 } 401 402 if (!IIDecl) { 403 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 404 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 405 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 406 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 407 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 408 // a type name. 409 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 410 return nullptr; 411 } 412 413 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 414 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 415 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 416 // perform the name lookup again. 417 break; 418 419 case LookupResult::Found: 420 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 421 break; 422 } 423 424 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 425 426 QualType T; 427 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 428 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 429 430 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 431 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 432 433 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 434 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 435 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 436 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 437 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 438 // Construct a type with type-source information. 439 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 440 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 441 442 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 443 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 444 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 445 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 446 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 447 } else { 448 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 449 } 450 } 451 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 452 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 453 if (!HasTrailingDot) 454 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 455 } 456 457 if (T.isNull()) { 458 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 459 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 460 return nullptr; 461 } 462 return ParsedType::make(T); 463 } 464 465 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 466 static NestedNameSpecifier * 467 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 468 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 469 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 470 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 471 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 472 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 473 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 474 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 475 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 476 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 477 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 478 } 479 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 480 } 481 482 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 483 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 484 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 485 /// correctly rejects. 486 static const CXXRecordDecl * 487 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 488 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 489 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 490 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 491 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 492 return MD->getParent(); 493 } 494 return nullptr; 495 } 496 497 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 498 SourceLocation NameLoc, 499 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 500 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 501 502 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 503 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 504 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 505 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 506 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 507 // lookup is retried. 508 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 509 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 510 // name specifiers. 511 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 512 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 513 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 514 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 515 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 516 // instantiation time. 517 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 518 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 519 520 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 521 // template instantiation. 522 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 523 << RD; 524 } else { 525 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 526 return ParsedType(); 527 } 528 529 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 530 531 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 532 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 533 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 534 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 535 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 536 537 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 538 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 539 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 540 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 541 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 542 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 543 } 544 545 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 546 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 547 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 548 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 549 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 550 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 551 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 552 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 553 LookupName(R, S, false); 554 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 555 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 556 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 557 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 558 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 559 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 560 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 561 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 562 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 563 } 564 } 565 566 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 567 } 568 569 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 570 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 571 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 572 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 573 /// @code 574 /// template<class T> class A { 575 /// public: 576 /// typedef int TYPE; 577 /// }; 578 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 579 /// public: 580 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 581 /// }; 582 /// @endcode 583 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 584 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 585 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 586 return true; 587 588 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 589 590 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 591 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 592 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 593 return true; 594 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 595 } 596 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 597 } 598 599 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 600 SourceLocation IILoc, 601 Scope *S, 602 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 603 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 604 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 605 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 606 SuggestedType = nullptr; 607 608 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 609 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 610 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 611 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 612 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 613 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 614 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 615 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 616 // We corrected to a keyword. 617 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 618 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 619 } else { 620 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 621 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 622 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 623 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 624 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 625 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 626 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 627 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 628 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 629 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 630 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 631 } else { 632 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 633 } 634 635 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 636 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 637 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 638 SourceRange(IILoc)); 639 SuggestedType = 640 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 641 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 642 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 643 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 644 } 645 return; 646 } 647 648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 649 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 650 UnqualifiedId Name; 651 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 652 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 653 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 654 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 655 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 656 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 657 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 658 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 659 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 660 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 661 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 662 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 663 } 664 return; 665 } 666 } 667 668 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 669 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 670 671 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 672 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 673 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 674 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 675 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 676 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 677 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 678 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 679 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 680 681 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 682 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 683 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 684 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 685 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 686 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 687 } else { 688 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 689 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 690 } 691 } 692 693 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 694 /// or 695 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 696 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 697 NextToken.is(tok::less); 698 699 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 700 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 701 return true; 702 703 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 704 return true; 705 } 706 707 return false; 708 } 709 710 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 711 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 712 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 713 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 714 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 715 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 716 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 717 StringRef FixItTagName; 718 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 719 case TTK_Class: 720 FixItTagName = "class "; 721 break; 722 723 case TTK_Enum: 724 FixItTagName = "enum "; 725 break; 726 727 case TTK_Struct: 728 FixItTagName = "struct "; 729 break; 730 731 case TTK_Interface: 732 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 733 break; 734 735 case TTK_Union: 736 FixItTagName = "union "; 737 break; 738 } 739 740 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 741 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 742 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 743 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 744 745 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 746 I != IEnd; ++I) 747 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 748 << Name << TagName; 749 750 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 751 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 752 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 753 return true; 754 } 755 756 return false; 757 } 758 759 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 760 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 761 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 762 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 763 764 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 765 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 766 767 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 768 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 769 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 770 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 771 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 772 } 773 774 Sema::NameClassification 775 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 776 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 777 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 778 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 779 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 780 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 781 782 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 783 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 784 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 785 } 786 787 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 788 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 789 790 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 791 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 792 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 793 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 794 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 795 return TypeInBase; 796 } 797 798 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 799 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 800 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 801 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 802 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 803 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 804 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 805 return E; 806 } 807 808 bool SecondTry = false; 809 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 810 811 Corrected: 812 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 813 case LookupResult::NotFound: 814 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 815 // call. 816 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 817 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 818 // FIXME: Reference? 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 820 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 821 822 // C90 6.3.2.2: 823 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 824 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 825 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 826 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 827 // the function call, the declaration 828 // 829 // extern int identifier (); 830 // 831 // appeared. 832 // 833 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 834 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 835 Result.addDecl(D); 836 Result.resolveKind(); 837 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 838 } 839 } 840 841 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 842 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 843 // "struct", or "union". 844 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 845 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 846 break; 847 } 848 849 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 850 // close to this name. 851 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 852 SecondTry = true; 853 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 854 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 855 &SS, std::move(CCC), 856 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 857 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 858 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 859 860 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 861 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 862 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 863 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 864 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 865 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 866 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 867 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 868 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 869 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 870 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 871 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 872 } 873 874 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 875 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 876 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 877 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 878 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 879 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 880 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 881 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 882 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 883 } 884 885 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 886 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 887 888 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 889 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 890 return Name; 891 892 // Also update the LookupResult... 893 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 894 Result.clear(); 895 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 896 if (FirstDecl) 897 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 898 899 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 900 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 901 // reference the ivar. 902 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 903 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 904 Result.clear(); 905 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 906 return E; 907 } 908 909 goto Corrected; 910 } 911 } 912 913 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 914 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 915 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 916 917 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 918 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 919 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 920 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 921 922 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 923 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 924 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 925 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 926 // qualified by the keyword typename. 927 // 928 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 929 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 930 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 931 // keyword here. 932 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 933 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 934 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 935 } 936 937 case LookupResult::Found: 938 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 939 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 940 break; 941 942 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 943 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 944 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 945 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 946 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 947 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 948 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 949 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 950 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 951 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 952 // ambiguous. 953 // 954 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 955 // so try again after filtering out template names. 956 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 957 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 958 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 959 break; 960 } 961 } 962 963 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 964 return NameClassification::Error(); 965 } 966 967 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 968 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 969 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 970 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 971 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 972 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 973 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 974 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 975 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 976 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 977 978 if (!Result.empty()) { 979 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 980 bool IsVarTemplate; 981 TemplateName Template; 982 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 983 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 984 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 985 Result.end()); 986 } else { 987 TemplateDecl *TD 988 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 989 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 990 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 991 992 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 993 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 994 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 995 TD); 996 else 997 Template = TemplateName(TD); 998 } 999 1000 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1001 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1002 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1003 // to based on which function we selected. 1004 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1005 1006 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1007 } 1008 1009 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1010 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1011 } 1012 } 1013 1014 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1015 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1018 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1019 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1020 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1021 return ParsedType::make(T); 1022 } 1023 1024 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1025 if (!Class) { 1026 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1027 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1028 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1029 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1030 } 1031 1032 if (Class) { 1033 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1034 1035 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1036 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1037 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1038 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1039 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1040 } 1041 1042 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1043 return ParsedType::make(T); 1044 } 1045 1046 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1047 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1048 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1049 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1050 1051 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1052 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1053 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1054 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1055 (NextIsOp && 1056 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1057 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1058 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1059 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1060 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1061 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1062 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1063 return ParsedType::make(T); 1064 } 1065 1066 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1067 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1068 nullptr, S); 1069 1070 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1071 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1072 } 1073 1074 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1075 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1076 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1077 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1078 1079 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1080 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1081 // the context we'll need to return to. 1082 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1083 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1084 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1085 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1086 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1087 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1088 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1089 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1090 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1091 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1092 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1093 1094 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1095 // lexical context. 1096 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1097 return DC; 1098 1099 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1100 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1101 // class is the context we need to return to. 1102 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1103 DC = RD; 1104 1105 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1106 // declared in. 1107 return DC; 1108 } 1109 1110 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1111 } 1112 1113 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1114 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1115 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1116 CurContext = DC; 1117 S->setEntity(DC); 1118 } 1119 1120 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1121 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1122 1123 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1124 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1125 } 1126 1127 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1128 Decl *D) { 1129 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1130 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1131 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1132 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1133 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1134 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1135 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1136 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1137 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1138 return Result; 1139 } 1140 1141 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1142 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1146 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1147 /// 1148 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1149 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1150 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1151 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1152 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1153 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1154 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1155 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1156 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1157 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1158 // namespace. 1159 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1160 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1161 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1162 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1163 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1164 1165 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1166 1167 #ifndef NDEBUG 1168 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1169 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1170 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1171 #endif 1172 1173 CurContext = DC; 1174 S->setEntity(DC); 1175 } 1176 1177 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1178 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1179 1180 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1181 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1182 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1183 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1184 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1185 1186 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1187 // disappear. 1188 } 1189 1190 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1191 // We assume that the caller has already called 1192 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1193 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1194 if (!FD) 1195 return; 1196 1197 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1198 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1199 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1200 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1201 CurContext = FD; 1202 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1203 1204 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1205 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1206 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1207 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1208 S->AddDecl(Param); 1209 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1210 } 1211 } 1212 } 1213 1214 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1215 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1216 // rather than the top-level class. 1217 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1218 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1219 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1220 } 1221 1222 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1223 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1224 /// 1225 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1226 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1227 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1228 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1229 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1230 /// attribute. 1231 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1232 ASTContext &Context) { 1233 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1234 return true; 1235 1236 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1237 return true; 1238 1239 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1240 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1241 } 1242 1243 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1244 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1245 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1246 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1247 // scope. 1248 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1249 S = S->getParent(); 1250 1251 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1252 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1253 // into any context. 1254 if (AddToContext) 1255 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1256 1257 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1258 // are function-local declarations. 1259 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1260 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1261 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1262 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1263 return; 1264 1265 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1266 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1267 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1268 return; 1269 1270 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1271 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1272 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1273 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1274 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1275 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1276 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1277 1278 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1279 break; 1280 } 1281 } 1282 1283 S->AddDecl(D); 1284 1285 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1286 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1287 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1288 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1289 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1290 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1291 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1292 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1293 continue; 1294 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1295 break; 1296 } 1297 1298 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1299 } else { 1300 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1301 } 1302 } 1303 1304 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1305 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1306 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1307 } 1308 1309 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1310 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1311 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1312 } 1313 1314 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1315 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1316 do { 1317 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1318 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1319 return S; 1320 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1321 1322 return nullptr; 1323 } 1324 1325 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1326 DeclContext*, 1327 ASTContext&); 1328 1329 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1330 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1331 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1332 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1333 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1334 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1335 while (F.hasNext()) { 1336 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1337 1338 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1339 continue; 1340 1341 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1342 continue; 1343 1344 F.erase(); 1345 } 1346 1347 F.done(); 1348 } 1349 1350 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1351 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1352 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1353 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1354 } 1355 1356 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1357 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1358 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1359 while (F.hasNext()) 1360 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1361 F.erase(); 1362 1363 F.done(); 1364 } 1365 1366 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1367 /// @code 1368 /// class S { 1369 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1370 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1371 /// }; 1372 /// @endcode 1373 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1374 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1375 // the decl here. 1376 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1377 return false; 1378 1379 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1380 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1381 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1382 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1383 return false; 1384 } 1385 1386 // We need this to handle 1387 // 1388 // typedef struct { 1389 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1390 // } A; 1391 // 1392 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1393 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1394 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1395 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1396 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1397 // not. 1398 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1399 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1400 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1401 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1402 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1403 return true; 1404 } 1405 DC = DC->getParent(); 1406 } 1407 1408 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1409 } 1410 1411 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1412 // these semantics. 1413 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1414 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1415 return false; 1416 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1417 } 1418 1419 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1420 assert(D); 1421 1422 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1423 return false; 1424 1425 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1426 // of members of class templates. 1427 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1428 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1429 return false; 1430 1431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1432 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1433 return false; 1434 1435 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1436 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1437 return false; 1438 } else { 1439 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1440 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1441 return false; 1442 } 1443 1444 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1445 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1446 return false; 1447 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1448 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1449 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1450 // like "inline".) 1451 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1455 return false; 1456 1457 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1458 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1459 return false; 1460 1461 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1462 return false; 1463 } else { 1464 return false; 1465 } 1466 1467 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1468 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1469 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1470 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1471 } 1472 1473 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1474 if (!D) 1475 return; 1476 1477 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1478 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1479 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1480 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1481 } 1482 1483 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1484 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1485 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1486 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1487 } 1488 1489 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1490 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1491 } 1492 1493 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1494 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1495 return false; 1496 1497 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1498 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1499 return false; 1500 1501 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1502 return true; 1503 1504 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1505 // functions. 1506 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1507 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1508 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1509 WithinFunction = 1510 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1511 if (!WithinFunction) 1512 return false; 1513 1514 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1515 return true; 1516 1517 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1518 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1519 return false; 1520 1521 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1522 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1523 1524 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1525 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1526 1527 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1528 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1529 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1530 return false; 1531 } 1532 1533 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1534 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1535 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1536 return false; 1537 1538 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1539 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1540 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1541 return false; 1542 1543 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1544 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1545 return false; 1546 1547 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1548 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1549 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1550 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1551 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1552 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1553 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1554 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1555 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1556 return false; 1557 } 1558 } 1559 } 1560 } 1561 1562 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1563 } 1564 1565 return true; 1566 } 1567 1568 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1569 FixItHint &Hint) { 1570 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1571 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1572 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1573 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1574 return; 1575 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1576 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1577 } 1578 } 1579 1580 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1581 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1582 return; 1583 1584 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1585 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1586 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1587 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1588 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1589 } 1590 } 1591 1592 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1593 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1594 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1595 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1596 return; 1597 1598 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1599 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1600 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1601 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1602 return; 1603 } 1604 1605 FixItHint Hint; 1606 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1607 1608 unsigned DiagID; 1609 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1610 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1611 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1612 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1613 else 1614 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1615 1616 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1617 } 1618 1619 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1620 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1621 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1622 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1623 // MS inline assembly label name. 1624 bool Diagnose = false; 1625 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1626 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1627 else 1628 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1629 if (Diagnose) 1630 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1631 } 1632 1633 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1634 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1635 1636 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1637 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1638 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1639 1640 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1641 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1642 1643 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1644 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1645 1646 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1647 1648 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1649 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1650 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1651 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1652 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1653 } 1654 1655 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1656 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1657 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1658 1659 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1660 // already. 1661 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1662 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1663 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1664 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1665 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1666 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1667 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1668 } 1669 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1670 } 1671 } 1672 } 1673 1674 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1675 /// 1676 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1677 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1678 /// to the fixed name. 1679 /// 1680 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1681 /// 1682 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1683 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1684 /// 1685 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1686 /// class could not be found. 1687 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1688 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1689 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1690 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1691 // creation from this context. 1692 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1693 1694 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1695 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1696 // find an Objective-C class name. 1697 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1698 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1699 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1700 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1701 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1702 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1703 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1704 } 1705 } 1706 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1707 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1708 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1709 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1710 return Def; 1711 } 1712 1713 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1714 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1715 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1716 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1717 /// ill-formed in C++: 1718 /// @code 1719 /// struct S6 { 1720 /// enum { BAR } e; 1721 /// }; 1722 /// 1723 /// void test_S6() { 1724 /// struct S6 a; 1725 /// a.e = BAR; 1726 /// } 1727 /// @endcode 1728 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1729 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1730 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1731 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1732 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1733 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1734 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1735 /// contain non-field names. 1736 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1737 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1738 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1739 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1740 S = S->getParent(); 1741 return S; 1742 } 1743 1744 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1745 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1746 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1747 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1748 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1749 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1750 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1751 return; 1752 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1753 1754 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1755 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1756 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1757 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1758 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1759 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1760 } 1761 1762 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1763 switch (Error) { 1764 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1765 return ""; 1766 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1767 return "stdio.h"; 1768 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1769 return "setjmp.h"; 1770 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1771 return "ucontext.h"; 1772 } 1773 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1774 } 1775 1776 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1777 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1778 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1779 /// built-in. 1780 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1781 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1782 SourceLocation Loc) { 1783 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1784 1785 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1786 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1787 if (Error) { 1788 if (ForRedeclaration) 1789 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1790 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1791 return nullptr; 1792 } 1793 1794 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1795 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1796 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1797 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1798 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1799 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1800 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1801 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1802 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1803 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1804 } 1805 1806 if (R.isNull()) 1807 return nullptr; 1808 1809 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1810 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1811 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1812 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1813 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1814 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1815 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1816 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1817 } 1818 1819 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1820 Parent, 1821 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1822 SC_Extern, 1823 false, 1824 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1825 New->setImplicit(); 1826 1827 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1828 // FunctionDecl. 1829 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1830 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1831 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1832 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1833 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1834 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1835 SC_None, nullptr); 1836 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1837 Params.push_back(parm); 1838 } 1839 New->setParams(Params); 1840 } 1841 1842 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1843 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1844 1845 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1846 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1847 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1848 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1849 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1850 CurContext = Parent; 1851 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1852 CurContext = SavedContext; 1853 return New; 1854 } 1855 1856 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1857 /// entity if their types are the same. 1858 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1859 /// isSameEntity. 1860 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1861 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1862 LookupResult &Previous) { 1863 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1864 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1865 return; 1866 1867 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1868 if (Previous.empty()) 1869 return; 1870 1871 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1872 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1873 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1874 1875 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1876 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1877 continue; 1878 1879 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1880 // different linkages. 1881 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1882 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1883 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1884 continue; 1885 1886 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1887 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1888 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1889 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1890 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1891 continue; 1892 } 1893 1894 Filter.erase(); 1895 } 1896 1897 Filter.done(); 1898 } 1899 1900 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1901 QualType OldType; 1902 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1903 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1904 else 1905 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1906 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1907 1908 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1909 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1910 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1911 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1912 << Kind << NewType; 1913 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1914 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1915 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1916 return true; 1917 } 1918 1919 if (OldType != NewType && 1920 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1921 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1922 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1923 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1924 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1925 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1926 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1927 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1928 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1929 return true; 1930 } 1931 return false; 1932 } 1933 1934 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1935 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1936 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1937 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1938 /// 1939 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1940 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1941 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1942 // merging checks. 1943 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1944 1945 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1946 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1947 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1948 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1949 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1950 default: break; 1951 case 2: 1952 { 1953 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1954 break; 1955 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1956 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1957 break; 1958 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1959 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1960 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1961 break; 1962 } 1963 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1964 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1965 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1966 return; 1967 } 1968 case 5: 1969 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1970 break; 1971 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1972 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1973 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1974 return; 1975 case 3: 1976 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1977 break; 1978 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1979 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1980 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1981 return; 1982 } 1983 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1984 } 1985 1986 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1987 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1988 if (!Old) { 1989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1990 << New->getDeclName(); 1991 1992 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1993 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1994 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1995 1996 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1997 } 1998 1999 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2000 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2001 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2002 2003 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2004 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2005 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2006 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2007 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2008 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2009 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2010 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2011 // instead of our tag. 2012 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2013 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2014 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2015 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2016 else 2017 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2018 2019 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2020 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2021 2022 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2023 // out of the scope. 2024 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2025 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2026 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2027 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2028 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2029 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2030 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2031 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2032 } 2033 } 2034 } 2035 } 2036 2037 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2038 // with any extensions enabled. 2039 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2040 return; 2041 2042 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2043 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2044 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2045 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2046 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2047 } 2048 2049 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2050 return; 2051 2052 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2053 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2054 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2055 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2056 // to the type to which it already refers. 2057 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2058 return; 2059 2060 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2061 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2062 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2063 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2064 // 2065 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2066 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2067 // 2068 // struct S { 2069 // typedef struct A { } A; 2070 // }; 2071 // 2072 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2073 // allow the above but disallow 2074 // 2075 // struct S { 2076 // typedef int I; 2077 // typedef int I; 2078 // }; 2079 // 2080 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2081 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2082 return; 2083 2084 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2085 << New->getDeclName(); 2086 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2087 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2088 } 2089 2090 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2091 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2092 return; 2093 2094 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2095 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2096 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2097 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2098 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2099 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2100 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2101 return; 2102 2103 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2104 << New->getDeclName(); 2105 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2106 } 2107 2108 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2109 /// attribute. 2110 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2111 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2112 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2113 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2114 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2115 if (Ann) { 2116 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2117 return true; 2118 continue; 2119 } 2120 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2121 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2122 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2123 return true; 2124 } 2125 2126 return false; 2127 } 2128 2129 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2130 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2131 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2132 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2133 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2134 return true; 2135 } 2136 2137 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2138 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2139 /// 2140 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2141 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2142 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2143 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2144 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2145 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2146 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2147 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2148 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2149 // in a case like: 2150 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2151 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2152 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2153 // definition in such a case. 2154 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2155 return false; 2156 2157 if (I->isAlignas()) 2158 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2159 2160 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2161 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2162 OldAlign = Align; 2163 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2164 } 2165 } 2166 2167 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2168 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2169 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2170 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2171 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2172 return false; 2173 2174 if (I->isAlignas()) 2175 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2176 2177 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2178 if (Align > NewAlign) 2179 NewAlign = Align; 2180 } 2181 2182 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2183 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2184 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2185 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2186 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2187 2188 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2189 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2190 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2191 QualType Ty; 2192 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2193 Ty = VD->getType(); 2194 else 2195 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2196 2197 if (OldAlign == 0) 2198 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2199 if (NewAlign == 0) 2200 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2201 } 2202 2203 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2204 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2205 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2206 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2207 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2208 } 2209 } 2210 2211 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2212 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2213 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2214 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2215 // equivalent alignment. 2216 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2217 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2218 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2219 // have no alignment specifier. 2220 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2221 << OldAlignasAttr; 2222 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2223 << OldAlignasAttr; 2224 } 2225 2226 bool AnyAdded = false; 2227 2228 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2229 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2230 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2231 Clone->setInherited(true); 2232 New->addAttr(Clone); 2233 AnyAdded = true; 2234 } 2235 2236 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2237 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2238 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2239 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2240 Clone->setInherited(true); 2241 New->addAttr(Clone); 2242 AnyAdded = true; 2243 } 2244 2245 return AnyAdded; 2246 } 2247 2248 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2249 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2250 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2251 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2252 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2253 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2254 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2255 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2256 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2257 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2258 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2259 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2260 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2261 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2262 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2263 AA->getDeprecated(), 2264 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2265 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2266 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2267 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2268 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2269 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2270 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2271 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2272 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2273 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2274 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2275 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2276 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2277 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2278 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2279 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2280 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2281 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2282 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2283 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2284 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2285 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2286 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2287 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2288 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2289 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2290 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2291 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2292 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2293 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2294 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2295 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2296 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2297 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2298 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2299 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2300 return false; 2301 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2302 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2303 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2304 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2305 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2306 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2307 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2308 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2309 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2310 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2311 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2312 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2313 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2314 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2315 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2316 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2317 NewAttr = nullptr; 2318 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2319 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2320 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2321 NewAttr = nullptr; 2322 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2323 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2324 UA->getGuid()); 2325 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2326 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2327 2328 if (NewAttr) { 2329 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2330 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2331 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2332 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2333 return true; 2334 } 2335 2336 return false; 2337 } 2338 2339 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2340 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2341 return TD->getDefinition(); 2342 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2343 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2344 if (Def) 2345 return Def; 2346 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2347 } 2348 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2349 return FD->getDefinition(); 2350 return nullptr; 2351 } 2352 2353 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2354 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2355 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2356 return true; 2357 return false; 2358 } 2359 2360 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2361 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2362 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2363 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2364 return; 2365 2366 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2367 if (!Def || Def == New) 2368 return; 2369 2370 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2371 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2372 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2373 2374 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2375 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2376 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2377 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2378 2379 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2380 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2381 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2382 --E; 2383 continue; 2384 } 2385 } else { 2386 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2387 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2388 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2389 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2390 : diag::err_redefinition; 2391 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2392 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2393 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2394 } 2395 ++I; 2396 continue; 2397 } 2398 2399 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2400 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2401 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2402 ++I; 2403 continue; 2404 } 2405 } 2406 2407 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2408 ++I; 2409 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2410 } 2411 2412 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2413 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2414 ++I; 2415 continue; 2416 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2417 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2418 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2419 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2420 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2421 // equivalent alignment. 2422 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2423 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2424 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2425 // have no alignment specifier. 2426 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2427 << AA; 2428 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2429 << AA; 2430 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2431 --E; 2432 continue; 2433 } 2434 } 2435 2436 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2437 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2438 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2439 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2440 --E; 2441 } 2442 } 2443 2444 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2445 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2446 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2447 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2448 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2449 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2450 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2451 } 2452 2453 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2454 return; 2455 2456 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2457 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2458 2459 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2460 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2461 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2462 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2463 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2464 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2465 } 2466 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2467 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2468 // already been ODR-used. 2469 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2470 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2471 } 2472 } 2473 2474 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2475 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2476 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2477 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2478 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2479 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2480 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2481 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2482 << NewTag; 2483 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2484 } 2485 } 2486 } else { 2487 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2488 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2489 } 2490 } 2491 2492 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2493 return; 2494 2495 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2496 2497 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2498 // we process them. 2499 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2500 2501 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2502 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2503 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2504 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2505 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2506 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2507 switch (AMK) { 2508 case AMK_None: 2509 continue; 2510 2511 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2512 case AMK_Override: 2513 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2514 LocalAMK = AMK; 2515 break; 2516 } 2517 } 2518 2519 // Already handled. 2520 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2521 continue; 2522 2523 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2524 foundAny = true; 2525 } 2526 2527 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2528 foundAny = true; 2529 2530 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2531 } 2532 2533 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2534 /// to the new one. 2535 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2536 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2537 Sema &S) { 2538 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2539 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2540 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2541 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2542 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2543 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2544 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2545 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2546 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2547 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2548 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2549 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2550 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2551 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2552 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2553 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2554 } 2555 2556 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2557 return; 2558 2559 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2560 2561 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2562 // done before we process them. 2563 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2564 2565 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2566 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2567 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2568 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2569 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2570 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2571 foundAny = true; 2572 } 2573 } 2574 2575 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2576 } 2577 2578 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2579 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2580 Sema &S) { 2581 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2582 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2583 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2584 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2585 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2586 *Newnullability, 2587 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2588 != 0)) 2589 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2590 *Oldnullability, 2591 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2592 != 0)); 2593 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2594 } 2595 } else { 2596 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2597 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2598 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2599 NewT, NewT); 2600 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2601 } 2602 } 2603 } 2604 2605 namespace { 2606 2607 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2608 /// C. 2609 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2610 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2611 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2612 QualType PromotedType; 2613 }; 2614 2615 } // end anonymous namespace 2616 2617 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2618 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2619 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2620 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2621 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2622 2623 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2624 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2625 2626 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2627 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2628 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2629 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2630 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2631 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2632 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2633 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2634 } 2635 2636 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2637 } 2638 2639 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2640 // declaration, or a declaration. 2641 template <typename T> 2642 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2643 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2644 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2645 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2646 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2647 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2648 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2649 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2650 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2651 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2652 } else 2653 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2654 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2655 } 2656 2657 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2658 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2659 /// GNU89 mode. 2660 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2661 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2662 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2663 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2664 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2665 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2666 } 2667 2668 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2669 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2670 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2671 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2672 return AT; 2673 } 2674 2675 template <typename T> 2676 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2677 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2678 if (DC->isRecord()) 2679 return false; 2680 2681 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2682 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2683 return true; 2684 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2685 return true; 2686 return false; 2687 } 2688 2689 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2690 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2691 2692 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2693 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2694 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2695 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2696 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2697 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2698 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2699 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2700 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2701 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2702 // and function templates; or 2703 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2704 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2705 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2706 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2707 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2708 2709 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2710 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2711 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2712 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2713 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2714 2715 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2716 if (Old && 2717 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2718 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2719 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2720 Old = nullptr; 2721 2722 if (!Old) { 2723 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2724 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2725 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2726 return true; 2727 } 2728 return false; 2729 } 2730 2731 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2732 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2733 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2734 2735 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2736 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2737 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2738 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2739 return true; 2740 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2741 }; 2742 2743 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2744 } 2745 2746 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2747 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2748 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2749 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2750 /// 2751 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2752 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2753 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2754 /// merged with. 2755 /// 2756 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2757 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2758 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2759 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2760 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2761 if (!Old) { 2762 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2763 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2764 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2765 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2766 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2767 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2768 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2769 return true; 2770 } 2771 2772 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2773 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2774 return true; 2775 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2776 } else { 2777 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2778 << New->getDeclName(); 2779 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2780 return true; 2781 } 2782 } 2783 2784 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2785 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2786 return true; 2787 2788 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2789 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2790 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2791 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2792 2793 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2794 // is an extern inline function. 2795 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2796 // storage classes. 2797 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2798 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2799 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2800 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2801 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2802 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2803 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2804 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2805 } else { 2806 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2807 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2808 return true; 2809 } 2810 } 2811 2812 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2813 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2814 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2815 << New->getDeclName(); 2816 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2817 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2818 } 2819 2820 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2821 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2822 // convention of the first. 2823 // 2824 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2825 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2826 // 2827 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2828 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2829 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2830 // 2831 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2832 // other tests to run. 2833 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2834 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2835 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2836 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2837 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2838 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2839 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2840 2841 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2842 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2843 const FunctionType *FT = 2844 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2845 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2846 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2847 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2848 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2849 // there but not here. 2850 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2851 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2852 } else { 2853 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2854 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2855 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2856 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2857 << !FirstCCExplicit 2858 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2859 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2860 2861 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2862 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2863 return true; 2864 } 2865 } 2866 2867 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2868 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2869 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2870 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2871 } 2872 2873 // Merge regparm attribute. 2874 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2875 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2876 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2877 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2878 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2879 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2880 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2881 return true; 2882 } 2883 2884 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2885 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2886 } 2887 2888 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2889 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2890 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2891 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2892 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2893 return true; 2894 } 2895 2896 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2897 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2898 } 2899 2900 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2901 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2902 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2903 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2904 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2905 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2906 } 2907 2908 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2909 // UndefinedButUsed. 2910 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2911 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2912 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2913 Old->isUsed(false) && 2914 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2915 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2916 SourceLocation())); 2917 2918 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2919 // about it. 2920 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2921 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2922 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2923 } 2924 2925 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2926 // redeclaration. 2927 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2928 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2929 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2930 << New->getDeclName(); 2931 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2932 return true; 2933 } 2934 2935 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2936 // C++1z [over.load]p2 2937 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2938 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 2939 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 2940 2941 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 2942 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 2943 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 2944 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 2945 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 2946 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 2947 return true; 2948 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2949 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2950 2951 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2952 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2953 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2954 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2955 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2956 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2957 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2958 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2959 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2960 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2961 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2962 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2963 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2964 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2965 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2966 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2967 QualType ResQT; 2968 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2969 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2970 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2971 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2972 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2973 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2974 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2975 else 2976 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2977 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2978 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2979 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2980 return true; 2981 } 2982 else 2983 NewQType = ResQT; 2984 } 2985 2986 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2987 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2988 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2989 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2990 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2991 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2992 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2993 New->setType( 2994 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2995 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2996 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2997 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2998 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2999 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3000 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3001 } 3002 } 3003 3004 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3005 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3006 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3007 // Preserve triviality. 3008 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3009 3010 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3011 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3012 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3013 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3014 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3015 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3016 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3017 3018 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3019 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3020 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3021 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3022 // is a static member function declaration. 3023 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3024 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3025 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3026 return true; 3027 } 3028 3029 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3030 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3031 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3032 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3033 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 3034 unsigned NewDiag; 3035 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3036 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3037 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3038 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3039 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3040 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3041 else 3042 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3043 3044 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3045 } else { 3046 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3047 << New << New->getType(); 3048 } 3049 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3050 return true; 3051 3052 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3053 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3054 // 3055 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3056 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3057 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3058 if (isFriend) { 3059 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3060 } else { 3061 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3062 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3063 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3064 return true; 3065 } 3066 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3067 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3068 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3069 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3070 return true; 3071 } 3072 } 3073 3074 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3075 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3076 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3077 // attribute. 3078 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3079 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3080 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3081 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3082 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3083 } 3084 3085 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3086 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3087 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3088 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3089 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3090 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3091 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3092 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3093 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3094 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3095 } 3096 3097 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3098 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3099 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3100 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3101 3102 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3103 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3104 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3105 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3106 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3107 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3108 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3109 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3110 } 3111 3112 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3113 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3114 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3115 // 3116 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3117 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3118 // linkage within class scope. 3119 // 3120 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3121 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3122 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3123 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3124 } else { 3125 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3126 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3127 return true; 3128 } 3129 } 3130 3131 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3132 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3133 3134 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3135 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3136 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3137 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3138 // when we instantiate the function. 3139 return false; 3140 } 3141 3142 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3143 } 3144 3145 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3146 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3147 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3148 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3149 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3150 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3151 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3152 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3153 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3154 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3155 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3156 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3157 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3158 NewQType = 3159 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3160 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3161 New->setType(NewQType); 3162 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3163 3164 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3165 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3166 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3167 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3168 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3169 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3170 SC_None, nullptr); 3171 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3172 Param->setImplicit(); 3173 Params.push_back(Param); 3174 } 3175 3176 New->setParams(Params); 3177 } 3178 3179 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3180 } 3181 3182 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3183 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3184 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3185 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3186 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3187 // the prototype. 3188 // 3189 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3190 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3191 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3192 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3193 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3194 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3195 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3196 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3197 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3198 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3199 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3200 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3201 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3202 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3203 3204 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3205 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3206 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3207 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3208 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3209 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3210 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3211 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3212 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3213 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3214 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3215 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3216 NewParm->getType(), 3217 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3218 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3219 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3220 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3221 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3222 } else 3223 LooseCompatible = false; 3224 } 3225 3226 if (LooseCompatible) { 3227 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3228 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3229 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3230 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3231 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3232 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3233 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3234 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3235 } 3236 3237 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3238 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3239 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3240 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3241 } 3242 3243 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3244 } 3245 3246 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3247 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3248 3249 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3250 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3251 unsigned BuiltinID; 3252 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3253 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3254 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3255 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3256 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3257 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3258 << Old << Old->getType(); 3259 3260 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3261 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3262 // 3263 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3264 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3265 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3266 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3267 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3268 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3269 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3270 3271 return false; 3272 } 3273 3274 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3275 } 3276 3277 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3278 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3279 return true; 3280 } 3281 3282 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3283 /// known to be compatible. 3284 /// 3285 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3286 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3287 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3288 /// redeclaration of Old. 3289 /// 3290 /// \returns false 3291 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3292 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3293 // Merge the attributes 3294 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3295 3296 // Merge "pure" flag. 3297 if (Old->isPure()) 3298 New->setPure(); 3299 3300 // Merge "used" flag. 3301 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3302 New->setIsUsed(); 3303 3304 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3305 // declarations. 3306 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3307 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3308 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3309 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3310 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3311 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3312 } 3313 3314 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3315 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3316 3317 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3318 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3319 // was visible. 3320 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3321 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3322 New->setType(Merged); 3323 3324 return false; 3325 } 3326 3327 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3328 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3329 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3330 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3331 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3332 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3333 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3334 : AMK_Override; 3335 3336 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3337 3338 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3339 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3340 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3341 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3342 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3343 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3344 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3345 3346 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3347 } 3348 3349 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3350 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3351 3352 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3353 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3354 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3355 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3356 3357 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3358 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3359 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3360 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3361 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3362 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3363 } 3364 3365 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3366 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3367 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3368 /// 3369 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3370 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3371 /// is attached. 3372 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3373 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3374 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3375 return; 3376 3377 QualType MergedT; 3378 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3379 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3380 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3381 return; 3382 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3383 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3384 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3385 } 3386 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3387 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3388 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3389 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3390 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3391 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3392 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3393 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3394 3395 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3396 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3397 // mismatch. 3398 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3399 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3400 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3401 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3402 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3403 continue; 3404 3405 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3406 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3407 } 3408 } 3409 3410 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3411 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3412 NewArray->getElementType())) 3413 MergedT = New->getType(); 3414 } 3415 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3416 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3417 // visible. 3418 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3419 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3420 NewArray->getElementType())) 3421 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3422 } 3423 } 3424 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3425 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3426 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3427 Old->getType()); 3428 } 3429 } else { 3430 // C 6.2.7p2: 3431 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3432 // compatible type. 3433 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3434 } 3435 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3436 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3437 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3438 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3439 // equivalent. 3440 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3441 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3442 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3443 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3444 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3445 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3446 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3447 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3448 return; 3449 } 3450 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3451 } 3452 3453 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3454 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3455 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3456 New->setType(MergedT); 3457 } 3458 3459 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3460 LookupResult &Previous) { 3461 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3462 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3463 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3464 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3465 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3466 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3467 // 3468 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3469 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3470 return false; 3471 3472 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3473 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3474 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3475 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3476 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3477 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3478 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3479 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3480 } else { 3481 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3482 // type unless we're in the same function. 3483 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3484 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3485 } 3486 } 3487 3488 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3489 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3490 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3491 /// 3492 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3493 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3494 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3495 /// 3496 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3497 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3498 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3499 return; 3500 3501 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3502 return; 3503 3504 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3505 3506 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3507 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3508 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3509 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3510 if (NewTemplate) { 3511 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3512 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3513 3514 if (auto *Shadow = 3515 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3516 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3517 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3518 } else { 3519 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3520 3521 if (auto *Shadow = 3522 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3523 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3524 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3525 } 3526 } 3527 if (!Old) { 3528 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3529 << New->getDeclName(); 3530 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3531 diag::note_previous_definition); 3532 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3533 } 3534 3535 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3536 if (NewTemplate && 3537 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3538 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3539 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3540 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3541 3542 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3543 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3544 // 3545 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3546 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3547 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3548 << New->getIdentifier(); 3549 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3550 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3551 } 3552 3553 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3554 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3555 // declaration 3556 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3557 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3558 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3559 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3560 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3561 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3562 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3563 } 3564 3565 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3566 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3567 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3568 << New->getDeclName(); 3569 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3570 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3571 } 3572 3573 // Merge the types. 3574 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3575 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3576 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3577 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3578 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3579 return; 3580 } 3581 3582 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3583 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3584 return; 3585 3586 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3587 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3588 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3589 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3590 3591 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3592 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3593 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3594 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3595 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3596 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3597 << New->getDeclName(); 3598 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3599 } else { 3600 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3601 << New->getDeclName(); 3602 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3603 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3604 } 3605 } 3606 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3607 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3608 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3609 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3610 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3611 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3612 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3613 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3614 // identifier has external linkage. 3615 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3616 /* Okay */; 3617 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3618 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3619 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3620 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3621 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3622 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3623 } 3624 3625 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3626 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3627 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3628 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3629 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3630 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3631 } 3632 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3633 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3634 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3635 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3636 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3637 } 3638 3639 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3640 3641 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3642 // need to check for mismatches. 3643 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3644 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3645 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3646 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3647 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3648 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3649 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3650 } 3651 3652 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3653 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3654 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3655 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3656 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3657 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3658 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3659 } 3660 } 3661 3662 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3663 // UndefinedButUsed. 3664 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3665 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3666 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3667 SourceLocation())); 3668 3669 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3670 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3671 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3672 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3673 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3674 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3675 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3676 } else { 3677 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3678 // static and dynamic initialization. 3679 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3680 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3681 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3682 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3683 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3684 } 3685 } 3686 3687 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3688 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3689 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3690 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3691 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3692 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3693 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3694 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3695 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3696 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3697 return; 3698 } 3699 } 3700 3701 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3702 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3703 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3704 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3705 return; 3706 } 3707 3708 // Merge "used" flag. 3709 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3710 New->setIsUsed(); 3711 3712 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3713 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3714 if (NewTemplate) 3715 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3716 3717 // Inherit access appropriately. 3718 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3719 if (NewTemplate) 3720 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3721 3722 if (Old->isInline()) 3723 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3724 } 3725 3726 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 3727 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 3728 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 3729 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 3730 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3731 New->isInline() || 3732 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3733 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3734 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3735 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3736 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 3737 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 3738 3739 // Make the canonical definition visible. 3740 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 3741 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation()); 3742 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation()); 3743 return false; 3744 } else { 3745 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3746 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3747 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3748 return true; 3749 } 3750 } 3751 3752 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3753 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3754 Decl * 3755 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3756 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3757 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3758 AnonRecord); 3759 } 3760 3761 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3762 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3763 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3764 // compatibility. 3765 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3766 // targeted. 3767 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3768 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3769 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3770 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3771 } 3772 3773 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3774 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3775 return; 3776 3777 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3778 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3779 // it is anonymous. 3780 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3781 return; 3782 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3783 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3784 Context.setManglingNumber( 3785 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3786 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3787 return; 3788 } 3789 3790 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3791 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3792 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3793 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3794 Context.setManglingNumber( 3795 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3796 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3797 } 3798 } 3799 3800 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3801 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3802 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3803 return; 3804 3805 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3806 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3807 return; 3808 3809 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3810 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3811 3812 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3813 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3814 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3815 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3816 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3817 return; 3818 } 3819 3820 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3821 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3822 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3823 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3824 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3825 // for how to handle it. 3826 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3827 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3828 3829 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3830 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3831 3832 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3833 textToInsert += ' '; 3834 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3835 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3836 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3837 return; 3838 } 3839 3840 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3841 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3842 } 3843 3844 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3845 switch (T) { 3846 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3847 return 0; 3848 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3849 return 1; 3850 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3851 return 2; 3852 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3853 return 3; 3854 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3855 return 4; 3856 default: 3857 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3858 } 3859 } 3860 3861 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3862 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3863 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3864 Decl * 3865 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3866 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3867 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3868 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3869 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3870 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3871 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3872 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3873 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3874 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3875 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3876 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3877 3878 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3879 return nullptr; 3880 3881 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3882 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3883 // it's a Type. 3884 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3885 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3886 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3887 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3888 } 3889 3890 if (Tag) { 3891 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3892 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3893 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3894 return Tag; 3895 } 3896 3897 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3898 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3899 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3900 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3901 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3902 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3903 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3904 } 3905 3906 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3907 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3908 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3909 3910 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3911 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3912 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3913 if (Tag) 3914 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3915 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3916 else 3917 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3918 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3919 return TagD; 3920 } 3921 3922 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3923 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3924 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3925 // its initializer. 3926 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3927 return TagD; 3928 } 3929 3930 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3931 3932 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3933 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3934 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3935 if (TagD && !Tag) 3936 return nullptr; 3937 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3938 } 3939 3940 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3941 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3942 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3943 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3944 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3945 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3946 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3947 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3948 // or an explicit specialization. 3949 // 3950 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3951 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3952 // 3953 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3954 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3955 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3956 return nullptr; 3957 } 3958 3959 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3960 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3961 3962 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3963 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3964 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3965 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3966 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3967 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3968 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3969 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3970 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3971 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3972 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3973 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3974 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3975 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3976 AnonRecord = Record; 3977 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3978 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3979 } 3980 3981 DeclaresAnything = false; 3982 } 3983 } 3984 3985 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3986 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3987 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3988 // 3989 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3990 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3991 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3992 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3993 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3994 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3995 // struct STRUCT; 3996 // union UNION; 3997 // and 3998 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3999 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4000 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4001 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4002 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4003 if (Tag) 4004 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4005 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4006 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4007 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4008 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4009 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4010 4011 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4012 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4013 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4014 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4015 } 4016 4017 DeclaresAnything = false; 4018 } 4019 } 4020 4021 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4022 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4023 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4024 return TagD; 4025 4026 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4027 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4028 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4029 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4030 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4031 DeclaresAnything = false; 4032 4033 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4034 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4035 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4036 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4037 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4038 else 4039 DeclaresAnything = false; 4040 } 4041 4042 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4043 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4044 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4045 << Tag->getTagKind() 4046 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4047 4048 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4049 4050 // C 6.7/2: 4051 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4052 // or the members of an enumeration. 4053 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4054 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4055 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4056 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4057 // previous declaration. 4058 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4059 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4060 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4061 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4062 return TagD; 4063 } 4064 4065 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4066 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4067 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4068 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4069 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4070 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4071 // 4072 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4073 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4074 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4075 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4076 4077 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4078 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4079 // useless. 4080 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4081 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4082 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4083 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4084 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4085 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4086 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4087 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4088 } 4089 4090 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4091 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4092 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4093 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4094 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4095 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4096 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4097 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4098 // Restrict is covered above. 4099 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4100 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4101 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4102 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4103 } 4104 4105 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4106 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4107 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4108 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4109 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4110 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4111 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4112 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4113 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4114 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4115 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4116 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4117 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4118 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4119 } 4120 } 4121 4122 return TagD; 4123 } 4124 4125 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4126 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4127 /// 4128 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4129 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4130 Scope *S, 4131 DeclContext *Owner, 4132 DeclarationName Name, 4133 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4134 bool IsUnion) { 4135 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4136 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4137 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4138 4139 // Pick a representative declaration. 4140 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4141 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4142 4143 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4144 return false; 4145 4146 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4147 << IsUnion << Name; 4148 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4149 4150 return true; 4151 } 4152 4153 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4154 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4155 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4156 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4157 /// struct, e.g., 4158 /// 4159 /// @code 4160 /// union { 4161 /// int i; 4162 /// float f; 4163 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4164 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4165 /// @endcode 4166 /// 4167 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4168 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4169 static bool 4170 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4171 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4172 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4173 bool Invalid = false; 4174 4175 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4176 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4177 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4178 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4179 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4180 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4181 VD->getLocation(), 4182 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4183 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4184 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4185 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4186 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4187 Invalid = true; 4188 } else { 4189 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4190 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4191 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4192 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4193 // anonymous union is declared. 4194 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4195 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4196 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4197 else 4198 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4199 4200 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4201 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4202 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4203 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4204 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4205 4206 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4207 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4208 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4209 4210 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4211 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4212 4213 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4214 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4215 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4216 4217 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4218 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4219 4220 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4221 } 4222 } 4223 } 4224 4225 return Invalid; 4226 } 4227 4228 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4229 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4230 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4231 static StorageClass 4232 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4233 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4234 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4235 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4236 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4237 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4238 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4239 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4240 return SC_None; 4241 return SC_Extern; 4242 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4243 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4244 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4245 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4246 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4247 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4248 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4249 } 4250 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4251 } 4252 4253 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4254 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4255 4256 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4257 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4258 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4259 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4260 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4261 return FD->getLocation(); 4262 } 4263 4264 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4265 } 4266 4267 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4268 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4269 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4270 return; 4271 4272 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4273 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4274 } 4275 4276 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4277 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4278 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4279 return; 4280 4281 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4282 } 4283 4284 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4285 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4286 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4287 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4288 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4289 AccessSpecifier AS, 4290 RecordDecl *Record, 4291 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4292 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4293 4294 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4295 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4296 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4297 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4298 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4299 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4300 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4301 4302 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4303 // structs/unions. 4304 bool Invalid = false; 4305 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4306 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4307 unsigned DiagID; 4308 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4309 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4310 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4311 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4312 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4313 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4314 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4315 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4316 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4317 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4318 4319 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4320 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4321 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4322 } 4323 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4324 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4325 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4326 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4327 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4328 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4329 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4330 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4331 4332 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4333 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4334 SourceLocation(), 4335 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4336 } 4337 } 4338 4339 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4340 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4341 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4342 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4343 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4344 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4345 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4346 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4347 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4348 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4349 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4350 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4351 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4352 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4353 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4354 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4355 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4356 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4357 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4358 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4359 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4360 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4361 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4362 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4363 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4364 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4365 4366 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4367 } 4368 4369 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4370 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4371 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4372 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4373 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4374 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4375 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4376 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4377 // members (clause 11). 4378 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4379 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4380 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4381 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4382 Invalid = true; 4383 } 4384 4385 // C++ [class.union]p1 4386 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4387 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4388 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4389 // array of such objects. 4390 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4391 Invalid = true; 4392 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4393 // Any implicit members are fine. 4394 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4395 // This is a type that showed up in an 4396 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4397 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4398 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4399 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4400 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4401 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4402 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4403 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4404 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4405 << Record->isUnion(); 4406 else { 4407 // This is a nested type declaration. 4408 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4409 << Record->isUnion(); 4410 Invalid = true; 4411 } 4412 } else { 4413 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4414 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4415 // not part of standard C++. 4416 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4417 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4418 << Record->isUnion(); 4419 } 4420 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4421 // Any access specifier is fine. 4422 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4423 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4424 } else { 4425 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4426 // member. Complain about it. 4427 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4428 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4429 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4430 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4431 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4432 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4433 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4434 4435 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4436 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4437 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4438 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4439 << Record->isUnion(); 4440 else { 4441 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4442 Invalid = true; 4443 } 4444 } 4445 } 4446 4447 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4448 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4449 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4450 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4451 Owner->isRecord()) 4452 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4453 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4454 } 4455 4456 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4457 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4458 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4459 Invalid = true; 4460 } 4461 4462 // Mock up a declarator. 4463 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4464 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4465 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4466 4467 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4468 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4469 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4470 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4471 DS.getLocStart(), 4472 Record->getLocation(), 4473 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4474 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4475 TInfo, 4476 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4477 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4478 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4479 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4480 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4481 } else { 4482 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4483 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4484 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4485 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4486 // an error here 4487 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4488 Invalid = true; 4489 SC = SC_None; 4490 } 4491 4492 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4493 DS.getLocStart(), 4494 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4495 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4496 TInfo, SC); 4497 4498 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4499 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4500 // initializer: 4501 // union { int n = 0; }; 4502 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4503 } 4504 Anon->setImplicit(); 4505 4506 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4507 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4508 4509 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4510 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4511 // its members. 4512 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4513 4514 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4515 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4516 // purposes. 4517 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4518 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4519 4520 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4521 Invalid = true; 4522 4523 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4524 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4525 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4526 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4527 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4528 Context.setManglingNumber( 4529 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4530 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4531 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4532 } 4533 } 4534 } 4535 4536 if (Invalid) 4537 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4538 4539 return Anon; 4540 } 4541 4542 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4543 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4544 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4545 /// Example: 4546 /// 4547 /// struct A { int a; }; 4548 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4549 /// 4550 /// void foo() { 4551 /// B var; 4552 /// var.a = 3; 4553 /// } 4554 /// 4555 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4556 RecordDecl *Record) { 4557 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4558 4559 // Mock up a declarator. 4560 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4561 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4562 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4563 4564 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4565 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4566 4567 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4568 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4569 ParentDecl, 4570 DS.getLocStart(), 4571 DS.getLocStart(), 4572 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4573 RecTy, 4574 TInfo, 4575 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4576 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4577 Anon->setImplicit(); 4578 4579 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4580 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4581 4582 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4583 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4584 // purposes. 4585 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4586 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4587 4588 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4589 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4590 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4591 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4592 AS_none, Chain)) { 4593 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4594 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4595 } 4596 4597 return Anon; 4598 } 4599 4600 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4601 /// given Declarator. 4602 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4603 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4604 } 4605 4606 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4607 DeclarationNameInfo 4608 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4609 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4610 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4611 4612 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4613 4614 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4615 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4616 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4617 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4618 return NameInfo; 4619 4620 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4621 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4622 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4623 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4624 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4625 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4626 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4627 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4628 return NameInfo; 4629 4630 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4631 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4632 Name.Identifier)); 4633 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4634 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4635 return NameInfo; 4636 4637 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4638 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4639 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4640 if (Ty.isNull()) 4641 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4642 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4643 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4644 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4645 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4646 return NameInfo; 4647 } 4648 4649 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4650 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4651 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4652 if (Ty.isNull()) 4653 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4654 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4655 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4656 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4657 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4658 return NameInfo; 4659 } 4660 4661 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4662 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4663 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4664 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4665 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4666 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4667 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4668 4669 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4670 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4671 4672 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4673 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4674 // was qualified. 4675 4676 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4677 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4678 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4679 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4680 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4681 return NameInfo; 4682 } 4683 4684 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4685 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4686 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4687 if (Ty.isNull()) 4688 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4689 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4690 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4691 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4692 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4693 return NameInfo; 4694 } 4695 4696 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4697 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4698 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4699 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4700 } 4701 4702 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4703 4704 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4705 } 4706 4707 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4708 do { 4709 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4710 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4711 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4712 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4713 else 4714 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4715 } while (true); 4716 } 4717 4718 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4719 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4720 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4721 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4722 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4723 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4724 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4725 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4726 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4727 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4728 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4729 Params.clear(); 4730 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4731 return false; 4732 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4733 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4734 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4735 4736 // The parameter types are identical 4737 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4738 continue; 4739 4740 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4741 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4742 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4743 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4744 4745 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4746 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4747 Params.push_back(Idx); 4748 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4749 return false; 4750 } 4751 4752 return true; 4753 } 4754 4755 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4756 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4757 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4758 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4759 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4760 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4761 DeclarationName Name) { 4762 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4763 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4764 // - types which will become injected class names 4765 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4766 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4767 // few cases here. 4768 4769 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4770 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4771 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4772 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4773 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4774 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4775 // Grab the type from the parser. 4776 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4777 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4778 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4779 4780 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4781 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4782 // attached already. 4783 if (!TSI) 4784 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4785 4786 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4787 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4788 if (!TSI) return true; 4789 4790 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4791 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4792 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4793 break; 4794 } 4795 4796 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4797 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4798 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4799 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4800 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4801 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4802 break; 4803 } 4804 4805 default: 4806 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4807 break; 4808 } 4809 4810 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4811 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4812 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4813 4814 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4815 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4816 // pointer. 4817 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4818 continue; 4819 4820 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4821 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4822 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4823 return true; 4824 } 4825 4826 return false; 4827 } 4828 4829 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4830 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4831 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4832 4833 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4834 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4835 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4836 4837 return Dcl; 4838 } 4839 4840 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4841 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4842 /// name different from T: 4843 /// - every static data member of class T; 4844 /// - every member function of class T 4845 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4846 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4847 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4848 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4849 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4850 4851 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4852 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4853 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4854 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4855 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4856 return true; 4857 } 4858 4859 return false; 4860 } 4861 4862 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4863 /// nested-name-specifier. 4864 /// 4865 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4866 /// 4867 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4868 /// resolves. 4869 /// 4870 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4871 /// 4872 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4873 /// 4874 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4875 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4876 DeclarationName Name, 4877 SourceLocation Loc) { 4878 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4879 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4880 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4881 4882 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4883 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4884 // 4885 // class X { 4886 // void X::f(); 4887 // }; 4888 // 4889 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4890 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4891 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4892 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4893 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4894 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4895 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4896 SS.clear(); 4897 } else { 4898 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4899 } 4900 return false; 4901 } 4902 4903 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4904 // declaration. 4905 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4906 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4907 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4908 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4909 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4910 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4911 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4912 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4913 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4914 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4915 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4916 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4917 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4918 else 4919 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4920 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4921 4922 return true; 4923 } 4924 4925 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4926 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4927 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4928 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4929 SS.clear(); 4930 4931 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4932 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4933 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4934 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4935 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4936 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4937 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4938 return true; 4939 4940 return false; 4941 } 4942 4943 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4944 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4945 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4946 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4947 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4948 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4949 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4950 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4951 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4952 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4953 4954 return false; 4955 } 4956 4957 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4958 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4959 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4960 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4961 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4962 4963 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4964 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4965 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 4966 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 4967 } else if (!Name) { 4968 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4969 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4970 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4971 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4972 return nullptr; 4973 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4974 return nullptr; 4975 4976 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4977 // we find one that is. 4978 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4979 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4980 S = S->getParent(); 4981 4982 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4983 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4984 D.setInvalidType(); 4985 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4986 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4987 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4988 return nullptr; 4989 4990 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4991 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4992 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4993 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4994 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4995 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4996 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4997 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4998 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4999 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5000 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5001 return nullptr; 5002 } 5003 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5004 5005 if (!IsDependentContext && 5006 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5007 return nullptr; 5008 5009 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5010 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5011 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5012 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5013 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5014 return nullptr; 5015 } 5016 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5017 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5018 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5019 if (DC->isRecord()) 5020 return nullptr; 5021 5022 D.setInvalidType(); 5023 } 5024 } 5025 5026 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5027 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5028 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5029 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5030 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5031 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5032 D.setInvalidType(); 5033 } 5034 } 5035 5036 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5037 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5038 5039 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5040 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5041 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5042 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5043 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5044 return nullptr; 5045 5046 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5047 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5048 D.setInvalidType(); 5049 5050 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5051 ForRedeclaration); 5052 5053 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5054 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5055 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5056 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5057 5058 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5059 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5060 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5061 // 5062 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5063 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5064 // the same name. 5065 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5066 /* Do nothing*/; 5067 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5068 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5069 R->isFunctionType())) { 5070 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5071 CreateBuiltins = 5072 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5073 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5074 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5075 CreateBuiltins = true; 5076 5077 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5078 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5079 5080 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5081 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5082 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5083 5084 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5085 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5086 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5087 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5088 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5089 // thereof; [...] 5090 // 5091 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5092 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5093 // we want to match. For example, given: 5094 // 5095 // class X { 5096 // void f(); 5097 // void f(float); 5098 // }; 5099 // 5100 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5101 // 5102 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5103 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5104 // matches. 5105 5106 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5107 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5108 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5109 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5110 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5111 } 5112 5113 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5114 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5115 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5116 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5117 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5118 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5119 5120 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5121 Previous.clear(); 5122 } 5123 5124 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5125 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5126 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5127 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5128 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5129 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5130 Previous.clear(); 5131 5132 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5133 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5134 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5135 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5136 5137 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5138 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5139 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5140 // template, declared in namespace scope 5141 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5142 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5143 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5144 return nullptr; 5145 } 5146 5147 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5148 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5149 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5150 return nullptr; 5151 } 5152 } 5153 5154 NamedDecl *New; 5155 5156 bool AddToScope = true; 5157 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5158 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5159 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5160 return nullptr; 5161 } 5162 5163 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5164 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5165 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5166 TemplateParamLists, 5167 AddToScope); 5168 } else { 5169 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5170 AddToScope); 5171 } 5172 5173 if (!New) 5174 return nullptr; 5175 5176 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5177 // add it to the scope stack. 5178 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5179 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5180 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5181 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5182 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5183 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5184 if (!AddToContext) 5185 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5186 } 5187 5188 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5189 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5190 5191 return New; 5192 } 5193 5194 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5195 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5196 /// GCC compatibility). 5197 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5198 ASTContext &Context, 5199 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5200 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5201 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5202 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5203 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5204 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5205 SizeIsNegative = false; 5206 Oversized = 0; 5207 5208 if (T->isDependentType()) 5209 return QualType(); 5210 5211 QualifierCollector Qs; 5212 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5213 5214 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5215 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5216 QualType FixedType = 5217 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5218 Oversized); 5219 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5220 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5221 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5222 } 5223 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5224 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5225 QualType FixedType = 5226 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5227 Oversized); 5228 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5229 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5230 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5231 } 5232 5233 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5234 if (!VLATy) 5235 return QualType(); 5236 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5237 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5238 return QualType(); 5239 5240 llvm::APSInt Res; 5241 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5242 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5243 return QualType(); 5244 5245 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5246 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5247 SizeIsNegative = true; 5248 return QualType(); 5249 } 5250 5251 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5252 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5253 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5254 Res); 5255 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5256 Oversized = Res; 5257 return QualType(); 5258 } 5259 5260 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5261 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5262 } 5263 5264 static void 5265 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5266 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5267 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5268 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5269 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5270 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5271 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5272 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5273 return; 5274 } 5275 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5276 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5277 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5278 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5279 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5280 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5281 return; 5282 } 5283 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5284 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5285 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5286 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5287 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5288 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5289 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5290 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5291 } 5292 5293 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5294 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5295 /// GCC compatibility). 5296 static TypeSourceInfo* 5297 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5298 ASTContext &Context, 5299 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5300 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5301 QualType FixedTy 5302 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5303 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5304 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5305 return nullptr; 5306 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5307 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5308 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5309 return FixedTInfo; 5310 } 5311 5312 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5313 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5314 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5315 /// function-scope declarations. 5316 void 5317 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5318 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5319 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5320 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5321 return; 5322 5323 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5324 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5325 } 5326 5327 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5328 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5329 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5330 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5331 } 5332 5333 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5334 /// does not identify a function. 5335 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5336 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5337 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5338 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5339 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5340 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5341 5342 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5343 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5344 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5345 5346 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5347 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5348 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5349 } 5350 5351 NamedDecl* 5352 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5353 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5354 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5355 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5356 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5357 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5358 D.setInvalidType(); 5359 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5360 DC = CurContext; 5361 Previous.clear(); 5362 } 5363 5364 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5365 5366 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5367 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5368 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5369 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5370 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5371 << 1; 5372 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5373 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5374 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5375 5376 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5377 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5378 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5379 return nullptr; 5380 } 5381 5382 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5383 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5384 5385 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5386 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5387 5388 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5389 5390 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5391 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5392 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5393 return ND; 5394 } 5395 5396 void 5397 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5398 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5399 // then it shall have block scope. 5400 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5401 // that redeclarations will match. 5402 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5403 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5404 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5405 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5406 5407 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5408 bool SizeIsNegative; 5409 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5410 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5411 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5412 SizeIsNegative, 5413 Oversized); 5414 if (FixedTInfo) { 5415 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5416 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5417 } else { 5418 if (SizeIsNegative) 5419 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5420 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5421 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5422 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5423 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5424 << Oversized.toString(10); 5425 else 5426 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5427 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5428 } 5429 } 5430 } 5431 } 5432 5433 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5434 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5435 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5436 NamedDecl* 5437 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5438 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5439 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5440 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5441 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5442 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5443 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5444 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5445 Redeclaration = true; 5446 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5447 } 5448 5449 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5450 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5451 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5452 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5453 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5454 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5455 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5456 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5457 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5458 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5459 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5460 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5461 } 5462 5463 return NewTD; 5464 } 5465 5466 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5467 /// previous declaration. 5468 /// 5469 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5470 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5471 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5472 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5473 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5474 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5475 /// 5476 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5477 /// lookup 5478 /// 5479 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5480 /// declared. 5481 /// 5482 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5483 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5484 static bool 5485 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5486 ASTContext &Context) { 5487 if (!PrevDecl) 5488 return false; 5489 5490 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5491 return false; 5492 5493 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5494 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5495 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5496 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5497 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5498 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5499 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5500 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5501 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5502 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5503 return false; 5504 5505 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5506 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5507 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5508 return false; 5509 5510 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5511 // previous declarations. 5512 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5513 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5514 5515 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5516 // isn't the same function. 5517 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5518 return false; 5519 } 5520 5521 return true; 5522 } 5523 5524 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5525 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5526 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5527 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5528 } 5529 5530 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5531 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5532 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5533 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5534 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5535 unsigned kind = -1U; 5536 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5537 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5538 kind = 0; // __block 5539 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5540 kind = 1; // global 5541 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5542 kind = 3; // ivar 5543 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5544 kind = 2; // field 5545 } 5546 5547 if (kind != -1U) { 5548 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5549 << kind; 5550 } 5551 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5552 // Try to infer lifetime. 5553 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5554 return false; 5555 5556 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5557 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5558 decl->setType(type); 5559 } 5560 5561 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5562 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5563 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5564 var->getTLSKind()) { 5565 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5566 << var->getType(); 5567 return true; 5568 } 5569 } 5570 5571 return false; 5572 } 5573 5574 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5575 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5576 // the wrong linkage. 5577 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5578 5579 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5580 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5581 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5582 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5583 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5584 } 5585 } 5586 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5587 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5588 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5589 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5590 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5591 } 5592 } 5593 5594 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5595 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5596 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5597 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5598 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5599 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5600 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5601 } 5602 } 5603 } 5604 5605 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5606 // It does not apply to functions. 5607 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5608 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5609 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5610 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5611 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5612 } 5613 } 5614 5615 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5616 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5617 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5618 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5619 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5620 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5621 << &ND << Attr; 5622 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5623 } 5624 } 5625 5626 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5627 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5628 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5629 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5630 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5631 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5632 << Attr; 5633 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5634 } 5635 } 5636 5637 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5638 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5639 bool IsSpecialization, 5640 bool IsDefinition) { 5641 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5642 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5643 if (!IsSpecialization) 5644 IsDefinition = false; 5645 } 5646 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5647 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5648 5649 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5650 return; 5651 5652 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5653 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5654 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5655 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5656 5657 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5658 // inherited attribute instances. 5659 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5660 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5661 5662 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5663 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5664 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5665 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5666 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5667 5668 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5669 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5670 bool JustWarn = false; 5671 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5672 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5673 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5674 JustWarn = true; 5675 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5676 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5677 JustWarn = true; 5678 } 5679 5680 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5681 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5682 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5683 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5684 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5685 JustWarn = false; 5686 5687 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5688 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5689 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5690 << NewDecl 5691 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5692 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5693 if (!JustWarn) { 5694 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5695 return; 5696 } 5697 } 5698 5699 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5700 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5701 // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case, 5702 // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport. 5703 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5704 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5705 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5706 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5707 // separately. 5708 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5709 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5710 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5711 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5712 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5713 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5714 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5715 } 5716 5717 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5718 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5719 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5720 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5721 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5722 << NewDecl; 5723 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5724 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5725 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5726 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5727 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5728 } else { 5729 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5730 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5731 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5732 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5733 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5734 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5735 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5736 } 5737 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5738 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5739 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5740 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5741 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5742 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5743 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5744 } 5745 } 5746 5747 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5748 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5749 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5750 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5751 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5752 5753 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5754 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5755 5756 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5757 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5758 return false; 5759 5760 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5761 5762 #ifndef NDEBUG 5763 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5764 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5765 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5766 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5767 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5768 #endif 5769 5770 bool isC99Inline = 5771 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5772 5773 #ifndef NDEBUG 5774 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5775 #endif 5776 5777 return isC99Inline; 5778 } 5779 5780 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5781 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5782 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5783 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5784 /// 5785 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5786 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5787 /// 5788 /// For instance: 5789 /// 5790 /// auto x = []{}; 5791 /// 5792 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5793 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5794 /// 5795 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5796 template<typename T> 5797 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5798 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5799 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5800 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5801 return false; 5802 5803 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5804 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5805 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5806 return false; 5807 } 5808 return D->isExternC(); 5809 } 5810 5811 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5812 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5813 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5814 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5815 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5816 return true; 5817 if (DC->isRecord()) 5818 return false; 5819 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5820 } 5821 5822 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5823 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5824 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5825 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5826 return true; 5827 if (DC->isRecord()) 5828 return false; 5829 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5830 } 5831 5832 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5833 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5834 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5835 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5836 return true; 5837 return false; 5838 } 5839 5840 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5841 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5842 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5843 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5844 return true; 5845 5846 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5847 // position to the decl itself. 5848 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5849 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5850 return true; 5851 } 5852 5853 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5854 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5855 } 5856 5857 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5858 /// function-local external declaration. 5859 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5860 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5861 return false; 5862 5863 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5864 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5865 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5866 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5867 return true; 5868 5869 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5870 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5871 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5872 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5873 // 5874 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5875 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5876 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5877 DC = DC->getParent(); 5878 return true; 5879 } 5880 5881 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5882 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5883 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5884 return FD->isExternC(); 5885 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5886 return VD->isExternC(); 5887 5888 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5889 } 5890 5891 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 5892 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5893 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5894 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 5895 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5896 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5897 5898 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5899 5900 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5901 AddToScope = false; 5902 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 5903 // purposes. 5904 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 5905 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 5906 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 5907 Name = II; 5908 } 5909 } else if (!II) { 5910 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5911 << Name; 5912 return nullptr; 5913 } 5914 5915 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5916 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5917 // argument. 5918 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) { 5919 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5920 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5921 << R; 5922 D.setInvalidType(); 5923 return nullptr; 5924 } 5925 5926 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5927 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5928 5929 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5930 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5931 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5932 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5933 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5934 SC = SC_Extern; 5935 5936 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5937 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5938 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5939 5940 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5941 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5942 QualType NR = R; 5943 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5944 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5945 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5946 D.setInvalidType(); 5947 break; 5948 } 5949 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5950 } 5951 5952 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5953 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5954 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5955 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5956 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5957 D.setInvalidType(); 5958 } 5959 } 5960 } 5961 5962 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5963 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5964 // an error here 5965 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5966 D.setInvalidType(); 5967 SC = SC_None; 5968 } 5969 5970 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5971 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5972 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5973 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5974 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5975 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5976 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5977 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5978 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5979 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5980 } 5981 5982 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5983 5984 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5985 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5986 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5987 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5988 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5989 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5990 D.setInvalidType(); 5991 } 5992 } 5993 5994 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5995 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5996 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5997 // space qualifiers. 5998 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5999 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 6000 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6001 } 6002 6003 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 6004 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6005 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6006 // address space qualifiers. 6007 if (R->isEventT()) { 6008 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 6009 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 6010 D.setInvalidType(); 6011 } 6012 6013 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 6014 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6015 D.setInvalidType(); 6016 } 6017 } 6018 } 6019 6020 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 6021 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6022 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6023 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6024 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6025 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6026 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6027 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6028 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6029 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6030 R, TInfo, SC); 6031 6032 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6033 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6034 6035 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6036 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6037 } else { 6038 bool Invalid = false; 6039 6040 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6041 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6042 switch (SC) { 6043 case SC_None: 6044 break; 6045 case SC_Static: 6046 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6047 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6048 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6049 break; 6050 case SC_Auto: 6051 case SC_Register: 6052 case SC_Extern: 6053 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6054 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6055 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6056 // of class members 6057 6058 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6059 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6060 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6061 break; 6062 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6063 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6064 } 6065 } 6066 6067 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6068 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6069 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6070 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6071 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6072 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6073 6074 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6075 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6076 if (RD->isUnion()) 6077 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6078 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6079 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6080 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6081 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6082 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6083 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6084 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6085 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6086 } 6087 } 6088 6089 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6090 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6091 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6092 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6093 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6094 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6095 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6096 : nullptr, 6097 TemplateParamLists, 6098 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 6099 6100 if (TemplateParams) { 6101 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6102 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6103 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6104 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6105 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6106 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6107 << II 6108 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6109 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6110 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6111 } else { 6112 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6113 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6114 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6115 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6116 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6117 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6118 // This is a template declaration. 6119 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6120 6121 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6122 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6123 return nullptr; 6124 6125 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6126 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6127 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6128 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6129 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6130 } 6131 } 6132 } else { 6133 assert( 6134 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6135 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6136 } 6137 6138 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6139 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6140 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6141 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6142 : SourceLocation(); 6143 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6144 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6145 IsPartialSpecialization); 6146 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6147 return nullptr; 6148 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6149 AddToScope = false; 6150 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6151 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6152 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6153 Bindings); 6154 } else 6155 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6156 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6157 6158 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6159 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6160 NewTemplate = 6161 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6162 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6163 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6164 } 6165 6166 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6167 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6168 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6169 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6170 6171 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6172 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6173 if (NewTemplate) 6174 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6175 } 6176 6177 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6178 6179 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6180 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6181 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6182 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6183 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6184 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6185 6186 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6187 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6188 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6189 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6190 // implicitly an inline variable. 6191 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6192 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6193 } 6194 6195 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6196 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6197 VTD->setConcept(); 6198 6199 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6200 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6201 // specifiers, [...] 6202 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6203 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6204 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6205 << 0 << 0; 6206 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6207 } 6208 6209 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6210 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6211 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6212 << 0 << 3; 6213 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6214 } 6215 6216 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6217 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6218 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6219 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6220 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6221 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6222 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6223 } 6224 6225 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6226 // following restrictions: 6227 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6228 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6229 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6230 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6231 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6232 } 6233 } 6234 } 6235 6236 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6237 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6238 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6239 << 0; 6240 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6241 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6242 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6243 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6244 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6245 } else { 6246 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6247 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6248 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6249 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6250 } 6251 } 6252 6253 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6254 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6255 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6256 if (NewTemplate) 6257 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6258 6259 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6260 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6261 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6262 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6263 else 6264 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6265 } 6266 6267 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6268 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6269 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6270 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6271 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6272 // explicitly. 6273 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6274 // 'extern'. 6275 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6276 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6277 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6278 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6279 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6280 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6281 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6282 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6283 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6284 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6285 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6286 // error should be ignored. 6287 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6288 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6289 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6290 // to emit any code for it. 6291 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6292 } else 6293 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6294 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6295 } else 6296 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6297 } 6298 6299 // C99 6.7.4p3 6300 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6301 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6302 // thread storage duration... 6303 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6304 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6305 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6306 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6307 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6308 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6309 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6310 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6311 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6312 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6313 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6314 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6315 } 6316 } 6317 6318 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6319 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6320 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6321 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6322 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6323 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6324 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6325 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6326 << 2 6327 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6328 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6329 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6330 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6331 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6332 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6333 else { 6334 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6335 if (NewTemplate) 6336 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6337 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6338 B->setModulePrivate(); 6339 } 6340 } 6341 6342 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6343 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6344 6345 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6346 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6347 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6348 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6349 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6350 // storage [duration]." 6351 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6352 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6353 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6354 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6355 } 6356 } 6357 6358 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6359 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6360 // check the VarDecl itself. 6361 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6362 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6363 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6364 6365 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6366 // retainable type. 6367 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6368 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6369 6370 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6371 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6372 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6373 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6374 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6375 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6376 switch (SC) { 6377 case SC_None: 6378 case SC_Auto: 6379 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6380 break; 6381 case SC_Register: 6382 // Local Named register 6383 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6384 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6385 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6386 break; 6387 case SC_Static: 6388 case SC_Extern: 6389 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6390 break; 6391 } 6392 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6393 // Global Named register 6394 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6395 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6396 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6397 6398 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6399 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6400 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6401 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6402 HasSizeMismatch)) 6403 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6404 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6405 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6406 } 6407 6408 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6409 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6410 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6411 } 6412 } 6413 6414 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6415 Context, Label, 0)); 6416 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6417 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6418 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6419 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6420 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6421 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6422 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6423 } else 6424 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6425 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6426 } 6427 } 6428 6429 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6430 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6431 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6432 6433 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6434 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6435 // declaration has linkage). 6436 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6437 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6438 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6439 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6440 6441 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6442 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6443 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6444 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6445 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6446 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6447 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6448 6449 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6450 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6451 } else { 6452 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6453 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6454 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6455 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6456 6457 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6458 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6459 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6460 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6461 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6462 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6463 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6464 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6465 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6466 Previous.clear(); 6467 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6468 } 6469 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6470 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6471 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6472 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6473 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6474 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6475 } 6476 6477 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6478 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6479 6480 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6481 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6482 // concept definition. 6483 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6484 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6485 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6486 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6487 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6488 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6489 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6490 << 1 /*variable*/ 6491 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6492 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6493 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6494 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6495 } 6496 } 6497 } 6498 6499 if (NewTemplate) { 6500 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6501 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6502 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6503 : nullptr; 6504 6505 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6506 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6507 // template declaration. 6508 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6509 TemplateParams, 6510 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6511 : nullptr, 6512 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6513 DC->isDependentContext()) 6514 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6515 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6516 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6517 6518 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6519 // template, make a note of that. 6520 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6521 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6522 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6523 } 6524 } 6525 6526 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6527 6528 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6529 // the map of such variables. 6530 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6531 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6532 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6533 6534 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6535 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6536 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6537 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6538 Context.setManglingNumber( 6539 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6540 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6541 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6542 } 6543 } 6544 6545 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6546 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6547 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6548 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6549 6550 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6551 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6552 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6553 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6554 6555 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6556 // behavior. 6557 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6558 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6559 } 6560 6561 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6562 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6563 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6564 IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6565 } 6566 6567 if (NewTemplate) { 6568 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6569 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6570 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6571 return NewTemplate; 6572 } 6573 6574 return NewVD; 6575 } 6576 6577 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6578 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6579 6580 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6581 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6582 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6583 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6584 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6585 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6586 } 6587 6588 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6589 /// -Wshadow. 6590 /// 6591 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6592 /// scope. 6593 /// 6594 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6595 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6596 /// 6597 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6598 // Return if warning is ignored. 6599 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6600 return; 6601 6602 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6603 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6604 return; 6605 6606 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6607 6608 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6609 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6610 return; 6611 6612 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6613 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6614 return; 6615 6616 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6617 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6618 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6619 if (MD->isStatic()) 6620 return; 6621 6622 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6623 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6624 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6625 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6626 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6627 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6628 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6629 return; 6630 } 6631 } 6632 6633 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6634 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6635 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6636 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6637 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6638 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6639 ShadowedDecl = I; 6640 break; 6641 } 6642 } 6643 6644 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6645 6646 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6647 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6648 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6649 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6650 return; 6651 6652 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6653 // static data members from base classes? 6654 6655 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6656 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6657 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6658 } 6659 6660 6661 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6662 6663 // Emit warning and note. 6664 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6665 return; 6666 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6667 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6668 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6669 } 6670 6671 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6672 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6673 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6674 return; 6675 6676 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6677 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6678 LookupName(R, S); 6679 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6680 } 6681 6682 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6683 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6684 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6685 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6686 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6687 return; 6688 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6689 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6690 if (!DRE) 6691 return; 6692 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6693 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6694 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6695 return; 6696 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6697 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6698 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6699 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6700 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6701 6702 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6703 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6704 } 6705 6706 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6707 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6708 template<typename T> 6709 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6710 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6711 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6712 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6713 6714 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6715 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6716 // declaration. 6717 return false; 6718 } 6719 6720 if (Prev) { 6721 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6722 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6723 // redeclaration. 6724 Previous.clear(); 6725 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6726 return true; 6727 } 6728 6729 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6730 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6731 // declaration. 6732 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6733 return false; 6734 } else { 6735 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6736 // translation unit which might conflict. 6737 if (IsGlobal) { 6738 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6739 IsGlobal = false; 6740 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6741 I != E; ++I) { 6742 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6743 Prev = *I; 6744 break; 6745 } 6746 } 6747 } else { 6748 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6749 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6750 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6751 I != E; ++I) { 6752 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6753 Prev = *I; 6754 break; 6755 } 6756 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6757 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6758 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6759 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6760 // diagnostic. 6761 } 6762 } 6763 6764 if (!Prev) 6765 return false; 6766 } 6767 6768 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6769 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6770 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6771 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6772 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6773 else 6774 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6775 6776 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6777 << IsGlobal << ND; 6778 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6779 << IsGlobal; 6780 return false; 6781 } 6782 6783 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6784 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6785 /// 6786 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6787 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6788 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6789 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6790 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6791 template<typename T> 6792 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6793 LookupResult &Previous) { 6794 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6795 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6796 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6797 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6798 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6799 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6800 Previous.clear(); 6801 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6802 return true; 6803 } 6804 } 6805 return false; 6806 } 6807 6808 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6809 // declaration. 6810 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6811 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6812 6813 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6814 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6815 // in another scope. 6816 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6817 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6818 6819 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6820 return false; 6821 } 6822 6823 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6824 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6825 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6826 return; 6827 6828 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6829 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6830 6831 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6832 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6833 return; 6834 6835 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6836 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6837 6838 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6839 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6840 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6841 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6842 NewVD->setType(T); 6843 } 6844 6845 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6846 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6847 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6848 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6849 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6850 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6851 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6852 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6853 return; 6854 } 6855 6856 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6857 // scope. 6858 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6859 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6860 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6861 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6862 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6863 return; 6864 } 6865 6866 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6867 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6868 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6869 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6870 return; 6871 } 6872 6873 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6874 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6875 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6876 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6877 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6878 << 0 /*const*/; 6879 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6880 return; 6881 } 6882 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6883 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6884 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6885 return; 6886 } 6887 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks with variadic arguments are not supported. 6888 // TODO: this check is not enough as it doesn't diagnose the typedef 6889 const BlockPointerType *BlkTy = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); 6890 const FunctionProtoType *FTy = 6891 BlkTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6892 if (FTy && FTy->isVariadic()) { 6893 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_proto_variadic) 6894 << T << NewVD->getSourceRange(); 6895 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6896 return; 6897 } 6898 } 6899 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6900 // __constant address space. 6901 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6902 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6903 // address space. 6904 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6905 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6906 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6907 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6908 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6909 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6910 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6911 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6912 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6913 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6914 else 6915 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6916 << Scope << "constant"; 6917 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6918 return; 6919 } 6920 } else { 6921 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6922 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6923 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6924 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6925 return; 6926 } 6927 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6928 // in functions. 6929 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6930 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6931 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6932 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6933 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6934 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6935 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6936 else 6937 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6938 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6939 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6940 return; 6941 } 6942 } 6943 } 6944 } 6945 6946 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6947 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6948 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6949 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6950 else { 6951 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6952 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6953 } 6954 } 6955 6956 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6957 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6958 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6959 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6960 6961 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6962 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6963 bool SizeIsNegative; 6964 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6965 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6966 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6967 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6968 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6969 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6970 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6971 // int a[10][n]; 6972 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6973 6974 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6975 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6976 << SizeRange; 6977 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6978 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6979 << SizeRange; 6980 else 6981 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6982 << SizeRange; 6983 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6984 return; 6985 } 6986 6987 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6988 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6989 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6990 else 6991 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6992 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6993 return; 6994 } 6995 6996 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6997 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6998 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6999 } 7000 7001 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7002 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7003 // of objects and functions. 7004 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7005 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7006 << T; 7007 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7008 return; 7009 } 7010 } 7011 7012 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7013 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7014 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7015 return; 7016 } 7017 7018 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7019 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7020 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7021 return; 7022 } 7023 7024 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7025 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7026 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7027 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7028 return; 7029 } 7030 } 7031 7032 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7033 /// declaration. 7034 /// 7035 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7036 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7037 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7038 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7039 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7040 /// 7041 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7042 /// 7043 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7044 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7045 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7046 7047 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7048 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7049 return false; 7050 7051 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7052 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7053 if (Previous.empty() && 7054 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7055 Previous.setShadowed(); 7056 7057 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7058 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7059 return true; 7060 } 7061 return false; 7062 } 7063 7064 namespace { 7065 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7066 Sema *S; 7067 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7068 7069 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7070 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7071 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7072 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7073 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7074 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7075 7076 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7077 7078 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7079 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7080 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7081 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7082 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7083 7084 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7085 } 7086 7087 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7088 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7089 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7090 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7091 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7092 return true; 7093 } 7094 } 7095 7096 return false; 7097 } 7098 }; 7099 7100 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7101 } // end anonymous namespace 7102 7103 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7104 /// overriden methods. 7105 /// 7106 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7107 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7108 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7109 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7110 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7111 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7112 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7113 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7114 I != E; ++I) { 7115 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7116 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7117 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7118 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7119 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7120 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7121 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7122 } 7123 } 7124 7125 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7126 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7127 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7128 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7129 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7130 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7131 FOM.Method = MD; 7132 FOM.S = this; 7133 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7134 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7135 bool AddedAny = false; 7136 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7137 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7138 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7139 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7140 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7141 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7142 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7143 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7144 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7145 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7146 AddedAny = true; 7147 } 7148 } 7149 } 7150 } 7151 7152 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7153 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7154 } 7155 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7156 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7157 } 7158 7159 return AddedAny; 7160 } 7161 7162 namespace { 7163 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7164 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7165 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7166 Scope *S; 7167 Declarator &D; 7168 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7169 bool AddToScope; 7170 }; 7171 } // end anonymous namespace 7172 7173 namespace { 7174 7175 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7176 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7177 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7178 public: 7179 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7180 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7181 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7182 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7183 7184 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7185 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7186 return false; 7187 7188 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7189 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7190 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7191 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7192 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7193 7194 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7195 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7196 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7197 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7198 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7199 return true; 7200 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7201 return true; 7202 } 7203 } 7204 } 7205 7206 return false; 7207 } 7208 7209 private: 7210 ASTContext &Context; 7211 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7212 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7213 }; 7214 7215 } // end anonymous namespace 7216 7217 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7218 /// 7219 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7220 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7221 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7222 /// the same name. 7223 /// 7224 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7225 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7226 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7227 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7228 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7229 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7230 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7231 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7232 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7233 TypoCorrection Correction; 7234 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7235 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7236 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7237 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7238 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7239 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7240 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7241 7242 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7243 if (IsLocalFriend) 7244 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7245 else 7246 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7247 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7248 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7249 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7250 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7251 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7252 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7253 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7254 if (FD && 7255 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7256 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7257 // involve a parameter 7258 unsigned ParamNum = 7259 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7260 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7261 } 7262 } 7263 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7264 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7265 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7266 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7267 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7268 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7269 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7270 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7271 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7272 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7273 Previous.clear(); 7274 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7275 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7276 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7277 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7278 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7279 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7280 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7281 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7282 } 7283 } 7284 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7285 7286 NamedDecl *Result; 7287 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7288 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7289 { 7290 // Trap errors. 7291 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7292 7293 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7294 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7295 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7296 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7297 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7298 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7299 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7300 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7301 7302 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7303 Result = nullptr; 7304 } 7305 7306 if (Result) { 7307 // Determine which correction we picked. 7308 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7309 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7310 I != E; ++I) 7311 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7312 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7313 7314 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7315 Correction, 7316 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7317 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7318 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7319 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7320 return Result; 7321 } 7322 7323 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7324 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7325 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7326 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7327 Previous.clear(); 7328 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7329 } 7330 7331 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7332 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7333 7334 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7335 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7336 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7337 7338 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7339 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7340 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7341 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7342 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7343 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7344 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7345 7346 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7347 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7348 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7349 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7350 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7351 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7352 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7353 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7354 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7355 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7356 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7357 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7358 } else 7359 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7360 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7361 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7362 } 7363 return nullptr; 7364 } 7365 7366 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7367 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7368 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7369 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7370 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7371 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7372 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7373 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7374 D.setInvalidType(); 7375 break; 7376 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7377 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7378 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7379 return SC_None; 7380 return SC_Extern; 7381 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7382 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7383 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7384 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7385 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7386 // other than extern 7387 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7388 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7389 diag::err_static_block_func); 7390 break; 7391 } else 7392 return SC_Static; 7393 } 7394 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7395 } 7396 7397 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7398 return SC_None; 7399 } 7400 7401 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7402 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7403 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7404 StorageClass SC, 7405 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7406 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7407 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7408 7409 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7410 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7411 7412 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7413 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7414 // prototype. This true when: 7415 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7416 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7417 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7418 bool HasPrototype = 7419 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7420 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7421 7422 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7423 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7424 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7425 HasPrototype, false); 7426 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7427 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7428 7429 return NewFD; 7430 } 7431 7432 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7433 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7434 7435 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7436 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7437 // the class has been completely parsed. 7438 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7439 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7440 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7441 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7442 D.setInvalidType(); 7443 7444 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7445 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7446 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7447 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7448 7449 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7450 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7451 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7452 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7453 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7454 isConstexpr); 7455 7456 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7457 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7458 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7459 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7460 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7461 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7462 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7463 D.getLocStart(), 7464 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7465 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7466 7467 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7468 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7469 // it yet. 7470 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7471 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7472 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7473 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7474 } 7475 7476 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7477 return NewDD; 7478 7479 } else { 7480 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7481 D.setInvalidType(); 7482 7483 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7484 // code path. 7485 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7486 D.getLocStart(), 7487 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7488 SC, isInline, 7489 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7490 } 7491 7492 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7493 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7494 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7495 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7496 return nullptr; 7497 } 7498 7499 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7500 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7501 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7502 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7503 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7504 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7505 7506 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7507 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7508 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7509 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7510 // constructor if it has no return type). 7511 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7512 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7513 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7514 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7515 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7516 return nullptr; 7517 } 7518 7519 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7520 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7521 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7522 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7523 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7524 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7525 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7526 return Ret; 7527 } else { 7528 bool isFriend = 7529 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7530 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7531 return nullptr; 7532 7533 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7534 // prototype. This true when: 7535 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7536 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7537 D.getLocStart(), 7538 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7539 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7540 } 7541 } 7542 7543 enum OpenCLParamType { 7544 ValidKernelParam, 7545 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7546 PtrKernelParam, 7547 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7548 InvalidKernelParam, 7549 RecordKernelParam 7550 }; 7551 7552 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7553 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7554 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7555 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7556 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7557 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7558 : PtrKernelParam; 7559 } 7560 7561 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7562 // be used as builtin types. 7563 7564 if (PT->isImageType()) 7565 return PtrKernelParam; 7566 7567 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7568 return InvalidKernelParam; 7569 7570 if (PT->isEventT()) 7571 return InvalidKernelParam; 7572 7573 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7574 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7575 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7576 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16 && PT->isHalfType()) 7577 return InvalidKernelParam; 7578 7579 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7580 return RecordKernelParam; 7581 7582 return ValidKernelParam; 7583 } 7584 7585 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7586 Sema &S, 7587 Declarator &D, 7588 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7589 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7590 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7591 7592 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7593 // used again 7594 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7595 return; 7596 7597 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 7598 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7599 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7600 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7601 // pointer to a pointer type. 7602 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7603 D.setInvalidType(); 7604 return; 7605 7606 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7607 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7608 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7609 // pointer to the private address space. 7610 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7611 D.setInvalidType(); 7612 return; 7613 7614 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7615 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7616 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7617 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7618 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7619 7620 case InvalidKernelParam: 7621 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7622 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7623 // of event_t type. 7624 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 7625 // type for any function elsewhere. 7626 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 7627 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7628 D.setInvalidType(); 7629 return; 7630 7631 case PtrKernelParam: 7632 case ValidKernelParam: 7633 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7634 return; 7635 7636 case RecordKernelParam: 7637 break; 7638 } 7639 7640 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7641 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7642 7643 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7644 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7645 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7646 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7647 7648 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7649 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7650 7651 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7652 7653 do { 7654 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7655 if (!Next) { 7656 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7657 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7658 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7659 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7660 7661 continue; 7662 } 7663 7664 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7665 // field itself) to the history stack. 7666 const RecordDecl *RD; 7667 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7668 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7669 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7670 } else { 7671 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7672 } 7673 7674 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7675 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7676 7677 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7678 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7679 7680 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7681 continue; 7682 7683 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 7684 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7685 continue; 7686 7687 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7688 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7689 continue; 7690 } 7691 7692 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7693 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7694 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7695 // union. 7696 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7697 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7698 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7699 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7700 << PT->isUnionType() 7701 << PT; 7702 } else { 7703 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7704 } 7705 7706 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7707 << PD->getDeclName(); 7708 7709 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7710 // the offending field came from 7711 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7712 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7713 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7714 I != E; ++I) { 7715 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7716 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7717 << OuterField->getType(); 7718 } 7719 7720 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7721 << QT->isPointerType() 7722 << QT; 7723 D.setInvalidType(); 7724 return; 7725 } 7726 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7727 } 7728 7729 NamedDecl* 7730 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7731 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7732 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7733 bool &AddToScope) { 7734 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7735 7736 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7737 7738 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7739 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7740 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7741 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7742 7743 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7744 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7745 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7746 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7747 7748 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7749 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7750 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7751 7752 bool isFriend = false; 7753 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7754 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7755 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7756 7757 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7758 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7759 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7760 7761 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7762 7763 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7764 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7765 7766 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7767 isVirtualOkay); 7768 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7769 7770 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7771 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7772 7773 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7774 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7775 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7776 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7777 7778 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7779 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7780 7781 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7782 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7783 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7784 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7785 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7786 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7787 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7788 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7789 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7790 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7791 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7792 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7793 } 7794 7795 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7796 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7797 // return true). 7798 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7799 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7800 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7801 NewFD->setPure(true); 7802 7803 // C++ [class.union]p2 7804 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7805 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7806 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7807 } 7808 7809 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7810 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7811 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7812 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7813 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7814 7815 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7816 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7817 bool Invalid = false; 7818 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7819 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7820 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7821 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7822 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7823 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7824 : nullptr, 7825 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7826 Invalid)) { 7827 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7828 // This is a function template 7829 7830 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7831 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7832 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7833 7834 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7835 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7836 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7837 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7838 } 7839 7840 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7841 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7842 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7843 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7844 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7845 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7846 Invalid = true; 7847 } 7848 7849 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7850 NewFD->getLocation(), 7851 Name, TemplateParams, 7852 NewFD); 7853 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7854 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7855 7856 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7857 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7858 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7859 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7860 } 7861 } else { 7862 // This is a function template specialization. 7863 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7864 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7865 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7866 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7867 7868 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7869 if (isFriend) { 7870 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7871 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7872 7873 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7874 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7875 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7876 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7877 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7878 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7879 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7880 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7881 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7882 } 7883 7884 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7885 << Name << RemoveRange 7886 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7887 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7888 } 7889 } 7890 } 7891 else { 7892 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7893 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7894 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7895 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7896 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7897 } 7898 7899 if (Invalid) { 7900 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7901 if (FunctionTemplate) 7902 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7903 } 7904 7905 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7906 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7907 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7908 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7909 // 7910 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7911 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7912 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7913 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7914 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7915 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7916 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7917 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7918 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7919 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7920 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7921 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7922 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7923 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7924 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7925 } else { 7926 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7927 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7928 } 7929 7930 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7931 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7932 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7933 } 7934 7935 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7936 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7937 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7938 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7939 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7940 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7941 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7942 // thing to do. 7943 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7944 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7945 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7946 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7947 QualType Result = 7948 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7949 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7950 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7951 } 7952 7953 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7954 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7955 // declaration. 7956 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7957 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7958 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7959 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7960 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7961 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7962 } 7963 } 7964 7965 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7966 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7967 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7968 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7969 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7970 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7971 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7972 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7973 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7974 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7975 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7976 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7977 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7978 // or conversion function. 7979 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7980 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7981 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7982 } 7983 } 7984 7985 if (isConstexpr) { 7986 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7987 // are implicitly inline. 7988 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7989 7990 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7991 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7992 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7993 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7994 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7995 } 7996 7997 if (isConcept) { 7998 // This is a function concept. 7999 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8000 FTD->setConcept(); 8001 8002 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8003 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8004 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8005 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8006 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8007 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8008 } 8009 8010 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8011 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8012 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8013 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8014 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8015 SourceRange Range; 8016 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8017 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8018 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8019 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8020 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8021 } else { 8022 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8023 } 8024 8025 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8026 // following restrictions: 8027 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8028 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8029 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8030 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8031 } 8032 8033 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8034 // following restrictions: 8035 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8036 // parameter list. 8037 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8038 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8039 } 8040 8041 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8042 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8043 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8044 8045 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8046 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8047 // specifiers, [...] 8048 if (isInline) { 8049 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8050 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8051 << 1 << 1; 8052 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8053 } 8054 8055 if (isFriend) { 8056 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8057 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8058 << 1 << 2; 8059 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8060 } 8061 8062 if (isConstexpr) { 8063 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8064 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8065 << 1 << 3; 8066 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8067 } 8068 8069 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8070 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8071 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8072 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8073 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8074 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8075 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8076 return NewFD; 8077 } 8078 } 8079 8080 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8081 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8082 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8083 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8084 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8085 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8086 << 0 8087 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8088 } else { 8089 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8090 if (FunctionTemplate) 8091 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8092 } 8093 } 8094 8095 if (isFriend) { 8096 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8097 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8098 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8099 } 8100 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8101 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8102 } 8103 8104 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8105 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8106 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8107 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8108 case FDK_Declaration: 8109 case FDK_Definition: 8110 break; 8111 8112 case FDK_Defaulted: 8113 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8114 break; 8115 8116 case FDK_Deleted: 8117 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8118 break; 8119 } 8120 8121 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8122 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8123 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8124 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8125 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8126 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8127 } 8128 8129 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8130 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8131 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8132 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8133 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8134 // the class. 8135 8136 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8137 // member function definition. 8138 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8139 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8140 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8141 } 8142 8143 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8144 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8145 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8146 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8147 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8148 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8149 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8150 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8151 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8152 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8153 } 8154 8155 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8156 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8157 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8158 isExplicitSpecialization || 8159 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8160 8161 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8162 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8163 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8164 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8165 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8166 SE->getString(), 0)); 8167 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8168 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8169 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8170 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8171 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8172 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8173 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8174 } else 8175 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8176 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8177 } 8178 } 8179 8180 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8181 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8182 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8183 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 8184 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8185 8186 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8187 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8188 // single void argument. 8189 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8190 // already checks for that case. 8191 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8192 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8193 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8194 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8195 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8196 Params.push_back(Param); 8197 8198 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8199 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8200 } 8201 } 8202 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8203 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8204 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8205 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8206 // 8207 // @code 8208 // typedef void fn(int); 8209 // fn f; 8210 // @endcode 8211 8212 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8213 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8214 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8215 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8216 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8217 Params.push_back(Param); 8218 } 8219 } else { 8220 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8221 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8222 } 8223 8224 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8225 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8226 8227 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 8228 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 8229 // 8230 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 8231 // 8232 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 8233 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 8234 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 8235 8236 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8237 NewFD->addAttr( 8238 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8239 Context, 0)); 8240 8241 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8242 // because all functions have linkage. 8243 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8244 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8245 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8246 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8247 } 8248 8249 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8250 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8251 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8252 NewFD->addAttr( 8253 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8254 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8255 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8256 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8257 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8258 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8259 NewFD)) 8260 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8261 } 8262 8263 // Handle attributes. 8264 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8265 8266 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8267 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(S, NewFD, Previous); 8268 8269 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8270 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8271 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8272 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8273 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8274 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8275 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8276 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8277 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8278 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8279 } 8280 } 8281 8282 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8283 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8284 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8285 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8286 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8287 8288 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8289 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8290 8291 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8292 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8293 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8294 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8295 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8296 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8297 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8298 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8299 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8300 8301 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8302 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8303 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8304 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8305 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8306 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8307 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8308 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8309 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8310 int DiagID = 8311 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8312 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8313 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8314 } 8315 } 8316 } else { 8317 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8318 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8319 // 8320 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8321 // 8322 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8323 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8324 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8325 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8326 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8327 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8328 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8329 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8330 8331 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8332 // argument list into our AST format. 8333 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8334 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8335 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8336 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8337 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8338 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8339 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8340 TemplateArgs); 8341 8342 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8343 8344 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8345 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8346 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8347 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8348 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8349 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8350 8351 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8352 } else { 8353 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8354 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8355 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8356 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8357 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8358 } 8359 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8360 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8361 // wrote something like: 8362 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8363 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8364 // friend void foo<>(int); 8365 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8366 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8367 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8368 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8369 } 8370 8371 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8372 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8373 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8374 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8375 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8376 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8377 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8378 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8379 TemplateArgs, 8380 InstantiationDependent))) { 8381 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8382 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8383 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8384 Previous)) 8385 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8386 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8387 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8388 && !isFriend) { 8389 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8390 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8391 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8392 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8393 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8394 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8395 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8396 : nullptr), 8397 Previous)) 8398 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8399 8400 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8401 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8402 // specialization (14.7.3) 8403 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8404 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8405 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8406 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8407 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8408 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8409 << SC 8410 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8411 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8412 8413 else 8414 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8415 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8416 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8417 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8418 } 8419 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8420 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8421 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8422 } 8423 8424 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8425 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8426 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8427 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8428 8429 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8430 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8431 8432 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8433 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8434 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8435 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8436 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8437 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8438 } 8439 8440 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8441 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8442 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8443 8444 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8445 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8446 : NewFD); 8447 8448 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8449 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8450 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8451 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8452 8453 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8454 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8455 } 8456 8457 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8458 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8459 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8460 8461 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8462 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8463 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8464 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8465 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8466 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8467 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8468 : nullptr, 8469 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8470 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8471 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8472 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8473 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8474 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8475 DC->isDependentContext()) 8476 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8477 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8478 } 8479 8480 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8481 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8482 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8483 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8484 AddToScope }; 8485 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8486 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8487 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8488 8489 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8490 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8491 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8492 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8493 8494 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8495 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8496 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8497 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8498 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8499 // can actually do this check immediately. 8500 if (isFriend && 8501 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8502 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8503 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8504 // ignore these 8505 } else { 8506 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8507 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8508 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8509 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8510 // 8511 // class X { 8512 // void f() const; 8513 // }; 8514 // 8515 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8516 // 8517 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8518 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8519 // whether the parameter types are references). 8520 8521 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8522 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8523 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8524 return Result; 8525 } 8526 } 8527 8528 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8529 // to something. 8530 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8531 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8532 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8533 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8534 return Result; 8535 } 8536 } 8537 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8538 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8539 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8540 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8541 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8542 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8543 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8544 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8545 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8546 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8547 // generate them. 8548 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8549 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8550 } 8551 } 8552 8553 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8554 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8555 8556 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8557 8558 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8559 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8560 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8561 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8562 << NewFD; 8563 8564 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8565 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8566 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8567 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8568 EPI.Variadic = true; 8569 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8570 8571 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8572 NewFD->setType(R); 8573 } 8574 8575 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8576 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8577 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8578 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8579 8580 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8581 // marking the function. 8582 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8583 8584 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8585 // a pragma. 8586 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8587 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8588 8589 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8590 // the map of such variables. 8591 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8592 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8593 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8594 8595 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8596 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8597 8598 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8599 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8600 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8601 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8602 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8603 } 8604 8605 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8606 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8607 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8608 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8609 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8610 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8611 8612 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8613 } 8614 8615 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8616 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8617 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8618 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8619 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8620 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8621 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8622 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8623 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8624 } 8625 } 8626 8627 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8628 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8629 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8630 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8631 return FunctionTemplate; 8632 } 8633 } 8634 8635 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8636 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8637 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8638 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8639 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8640 D.setInvalidType(); 8641 } 8642 8643 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8644 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8645 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8646 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8647 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8648 : FixItHint()); 8649 D.setInvalidType(); 8650 } 8651 8652 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8653 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8654 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8655 } 8656 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8657 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8658 8659 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8660 // types. 8661 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8662 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8663 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8664 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8665 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8666 D.setInvalidType(); 8667 } 8668 } 8669 } 8670 } 8671 8672 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8673 8674 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8675 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8676 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8677 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8678 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8679 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8680 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8681 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8682 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8683 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8684 AddToScope = false; 8685 } 8686 8687 return NewFD; 8688 } 8689 8690 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 8691 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 8692 /// 8693 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 8694 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 8695 /// same declaration name. 8696 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 8697 /// belongs to. 8698 /// 8699 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 8700 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 8701 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 8702 // namespace scope. 8703 // 8704 // This allows to compile code like: 8705 // 8706 // void func(); 8707 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 8708 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 8709 // 8710 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 8711 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8712 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8713 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 8714 } 8715 8716 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8717 /// 8718 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8719 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8720 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8721 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8722 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8723 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8724 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8725 /// 8726 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8727 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8728 /// 8729 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8730 /// 8731 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8732 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8733 LookupResult &Previous, 8734 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8735 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8736 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8737 8738 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8739 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8740 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8741 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8742 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8743 8744 bool Redeclaration = false; 8745 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8746 8747 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8748 // the same name, if appropriate. 8749 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8750 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8751 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8752 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8753 // function to the scope. 8754 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8755 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8756 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8757 Redeclaration = true; 8758 OldDecl = Candidate; 8759 } 8760 } else { 8761 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8762 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8763 case Ovl_Match: 8764 Redeclaration = true; 8765 break; 8766 8767 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8768 Redeclaration = true; 8769 break; 8770 8771 case Ovl_Overload: 8772 Redeclaration = false; 8773 break; 8774 } 8775 8776 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8777 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8778 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8779 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8780 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8781 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8782 if (Redeclaration) 8783 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8784 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8785 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8786 if (OverloadedDecl) 8787 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8788 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8789 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8790 } 8791 } 8792 } 8793 8794 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8795 if (!Redeclaration && 8796 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8797 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8798 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8799 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8800 Redeclaration = true; 8801 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8802 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8803 8804 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8805 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8806 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8807 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8808 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8809 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8810 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8811 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8812 } 8813 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8814 Redeclaration = false; 8815 OldDecl = nullptr; 8816 } 8817 } 8818 } 8819 } 8820 8821 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8822 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8823 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8824 // 8825 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8826 // definition of a static member function. 8827 // 8828 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8829 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8830 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8831 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8832 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8833 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8834 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8835 if (OldDecl) 8836 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8837 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8838 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8839 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8840 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8841 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8842 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8843 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8844 8845 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8846 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8847 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8848 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8849 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8850 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8851 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8852 8853 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8854 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8855 } 8856 } 8857 } 8858 8859 if (Redeclaration) { 8860 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8861 // merged. 8862 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8863 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8864 return Redeclaration; 8865 } 8866 8867 Previous.clear(); 8868 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8869 8870 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8871 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8872 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8873 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8874 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8875 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8876 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8877 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8878 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8879 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8880 } 8881 8882 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8883 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8884 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8885 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8886 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8887 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8888 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 8889 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 8890 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 8891 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 8892 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8893 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 8894 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 8895 } 8896 } 8897 8898 } else { 8899 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 8900 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8901 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8902 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8903 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8904 } else { 8905 Redeclaration = false; 8906 } 8907 } 8908 } 8909 8910 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8911 8912 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8913 // C++-specific checks. 8914 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8915 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8916 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8917 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8918 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8919 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8920 8921 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8922 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8923 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8924 DeclarationName Name 8925 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8926 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8927 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8928 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8929 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8930 return Redeclaration; 8931 } 8932 } 8933 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8934 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8935 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8936 } 8937 8938 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8939 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8940 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8941 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8942 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8943 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8944 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8945 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8946 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8947 } 8948 } 8949 } 8950 8951 if (Method->isStatic()) 8952 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8953 } 8954 8955 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8956 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8957 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8958 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8959 return Redeclaration; 8960 } 8961 8962 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8963 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8964 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8965 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8966 return Redeclaration; 8967 } 8968 8969 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8970 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8971 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8972 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8973 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8974 8975 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8976 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8977 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8978 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8979 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8980 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8981 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8982 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8983 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8984 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8985 } 8986 } 8987 8988 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8989 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8990 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8991 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8992 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8993 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8994 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8995 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8996 << NewFD << R; 8997 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8998 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8999 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9000 } 9001 } 9002 return Redeclaration; 9003 } 9004 9005 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9006 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9007 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9008 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9009 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9010 // appear in a declaration of main. 9011 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9012 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9013 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9014 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9015 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9016 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9017 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9018 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9019 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9020 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9021 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9022 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9023 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9024 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9025 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9026 } 9027 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9028 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9029 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9030 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9031 } 9032 9033 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9034 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9035 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9036 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9037 return; 9038 } 9039 9040 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9041 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9042 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9043 9044 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9045 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9046 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9047 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9048 9049 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9050 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9051 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9052 else { 9053 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9054 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9055 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9056 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9057 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9058 } 9059 } else { 9060 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9061 // set the flag which tells us that. 9062 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9063 9064 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9065 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9066 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9067 else { 9068 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9069 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9070 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9071 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9072 : FixItHint()); 9073 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9074 } 9075 } 9076 9077 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9078 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9079 9080 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9081 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9082 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9083 9084 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9085 9086 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9087 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9088 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9089 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9090 } 9091 9092 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9093 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9094 // getting shifty. 9095 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9096 HasExtraParameters = false; 9097 9098 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9099 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9100 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9101 nparams = 3; 9102 } 9103 9104 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9105 // if we had some location information about types. 9106 9107 QualType CharPP = 9108 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9109 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9110 9111 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9112 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9113 9114 bool mismatch = true; 9115 9116 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9117 mismatch = false; 9118 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9119 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9120 // char const ** 9121 // char const * const * 9122 // char * const * 9123 9124 QualifierCollector qs; 9125 const PointerType* PT; 9126 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9127 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9128 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9129 Context.CharTy)) { 9130 qs.removeConst(); 9131 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9132 } 9133 } 9134 9135 if (mismatch) { 9136 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9137 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9138 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9139 } 9140 } 9141 9142 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9143 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9144 } 9145 9146 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9147 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9148 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9149 } 9150 } 9151 9152 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9153 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9154 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9155 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9156 9157 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9158 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9159 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9160 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9161 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9162 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9163 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9164 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9165 9166 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9167 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9168 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9169 } 9170 } 9171 9172 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9173 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9174 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9175 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9176 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9177 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9178 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9179 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9180 // rules there don't matter.) 9181 const Expr *Culprit; 9182 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9183 return false; 9184 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9185 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9186 return true; 9187 } 9188 9189 namespace { 9190 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9191 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9192 class SelfReferenceChecker 9193 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9194 Sema &S; 9195 Decl *OrigDecl; 9196 bool isRecordType; 9197 bool isPODType; 9198 bool isReferenceType; 9199 9200 bool isInitList; 9201 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9202 9203 public: 9204 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9205 9206 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9207 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9208 isPODType = false; 9209 isRecordType = false; 9210 isReferenceType = false; 9211 isInitList = false; 9212 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9213 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9214 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9215 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9216 } 9217 } 9218 9219 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9220 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9221 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9222 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9223 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9224 if (!InitList) { 9225 Visit(E); 9226 return; 9227 } 9228 9229 // Track and increment the index here. 9230 isInitList = true; 9231 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9232 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9233 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9234 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9235 } 9236 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9237 } 9238 9239 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9240 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9241 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9242 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9243 Expr *Base = E; 9244 bool ReferenceField = false; 9245 9246 // Get the field memebers used. 9247 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9248 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9249 if (!FD) 9250 return false; 9251 Fields.push_back(FD); 9252 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9253 ReferenceField = true; 9254 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9255 } 9256 9257 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9258 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9259 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9260 return false; 9261 9262 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9263 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9264 return true; 9265 9266 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9267 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9268 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9269 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9270 9271 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9272 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9273 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9274 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9275 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9276 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9277 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9278 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9279 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9280 return true; 9281 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9282 break; 9283 } 9284 9285 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9286 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9287 return true; 9288 } 9289 9290 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9291 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9292 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9293 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9294 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9295 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9296 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9297 return; 9298 } 9299 9300 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9301 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9302 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9303 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9304 return; 9305 } 9306 9307 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9308 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9309 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9310 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9311 return; 9312 } 9313 9314 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9315 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9316 return; 9317 } 9318 9319 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9320 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9321 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9322 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9323 return; 9324 } 9325 } 9326 9327 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9328 if (isInitList) { 9329 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9330 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9331 return; 9332 } 9333 9334 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9335 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9336 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9337 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9338 return; 9339 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9340 } 9341 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9342 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9343 return; 9344 } 9345 9346 Visit(E); 9347 } 9348 9349 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9350 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9351 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9352 if (isReferenceType) 9353 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9354 } 9355 9356 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9357 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9358 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9359 return; 9360 } 9361 9362 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9363 } 9364 9365 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9366 if (isInitList) { 9367 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9368 return; 9369 } 9370 9371 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9372 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9373 9374 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9375 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9376 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9377 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9378 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9379 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9380 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9381 Warn = false; 9382 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9383 } 9384 9385 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9386 if (Warn) 9387 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9388 return; 9389 } 9390 9391 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9392 // Visit that expression. 9393 Visit(Base); 9394 } 9395 9396 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9397 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9398 9399 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9400 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9401 9402 Visit(Callee); 9403 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9404 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9405 } 9406 9407 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9408 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9409 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9410 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9411 if (!isPODType) 9412 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9413 return; 9414 } 9415 9416 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9417 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9418 return; 9419 } 9420 9421 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9422 } 9423 9424 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9425 9426 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9427 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9428 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9429 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9430 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9431 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9432 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9433 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9434 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9435 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9436 return; 9437 } 9438 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9439 } 9440 9441 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9442 // Treat std::move as a use. 9443 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9444 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9445 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9446 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9447 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9448 return; 9449 } 9450 } 9451 } 9452 9453 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9454 } 9455 9456 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9457 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9458 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9459 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9460 return; 9461 } 9462 9463 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9464 } 9465 9466 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9467 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9468 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9469 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9470 Visit(E->getCond()); 9471 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9472 } 9473 9474 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9475 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9476 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9477 unsigned diag; 9478 if (isReferenceType) { 9479 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9480 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9481 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9482 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9483 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9484 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9485 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9486 } else { 9487 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9488 return; 9489 } 9490 9491 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9492 S.PDiag(diag) 9493 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9494 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9495 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9496 } 9497 }; 9498 9499 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9500 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9501 bool DirectInit) { 9502 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9503 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9504 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9505 return; 9506 9507 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9508 9509 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9510 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9511 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9512 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9513 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9514 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9515 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9516 return; 9517 9518 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9519 } 9520 } // end anonymous namespace 9521 9522 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9523 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9524 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9525 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9526 Expr *Init) { 9527 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9528 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9529 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9530 9531 // FIXME: Deduction for a decomposition declaration does weird things if the 9532 // initializer is an array. 9533 9534 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9535 if (DirectInit) { 9536 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9537 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9538 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9539 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9540 } 9541 9542 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9543 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9544 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9545 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9546 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9547 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9548 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9549 << Name << Type << Range; 9550 return QualType(); 9551 } 9552 9553 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9554 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9555 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9556 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9557 << Name << Type << Range; 9558 return QualType(); 9559 } 9560 9561 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9562 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9563 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9564 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9565 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9566 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9567 return QualType(); 9568 } 9569 9570 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9571 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9572 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9573 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9574 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9575 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9576 return QualType(); 9577 } 9578 Init = Result.get(); 9579 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9580 } 9581 9582 QualType DeducedType; 9583 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9584 if (!IsInitCapture) 9585 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9586 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9587 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9588 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9589 << Name 9590 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9591 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9592 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9593 else 9594 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9595 << Name << TSI->getType() 9596 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9597 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9598 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9599 } 9600 9601 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9602 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9603 // checks. 9604 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9605 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9606 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9607 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9608 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9609 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9610 } 9611 9612 return DeducedType; 9613 } 9614 9615 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9616 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9617 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9618 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9619 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9620 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9621 // the initializer. 9622 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9623 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9624 return; 9625 } 9626 9627 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9628 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9629 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9630 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9631 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9632 return; 9633 } 9634 9635 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9636 if (!VDecl) { 9637 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9638 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9639 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9640 return; 9641 } 9642 9643 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that a parenthesized initializer is not 9644 // permitted. 9645 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && DirectInit && isa<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9646 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_paren_init) << VDecl; 9647 9648 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9649 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9650 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9651 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9652 // TypoExpr. 9653 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9654 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9655 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9656 return; 9657 } 9658 Init = Res.get(); 9659 9660 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9661 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9662 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9663 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9664 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9665 return; 9666 } 9667 9668 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9669 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9670 9671 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9672 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9673 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9674 9675 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9676 // the previously declared type. 9677 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9678 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9679 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9680 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9681 } 9682 9683 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9684 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9685 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9686 return; 9687 } 9688 9689 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9690 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9691 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9692 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9693 return; 9694 } 9695 9696 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9697 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9698 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9699 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9700 return; 9701 } 9702 9703 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9704 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9705 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9706 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9707 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9708 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9709 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9710 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9711 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9712 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9713 return; 9714 } 9715 9716 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9717 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9718 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9719 AbstractVariableType)) 9720 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9721 } 9722 9723 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 9724 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 9725 // handle the situation. 9726 VarDecl *Def; 9727 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 9728 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 9729 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 9730 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 9731 return; 9732 9733 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9734 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9735 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9736 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9737 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9738 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9739 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9740 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9741 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9742 // 9743 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9744 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9745 // declaration with an initializer. 9746 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9747 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9748 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9749 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9750 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9751 << 0; 9752 return; 9753 } 9754 9755 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9756 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9757 9758 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9759 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9760 return; 9761 } 9762 } 9763 9764 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9765 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9766 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9767 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9768 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9769 return; 9770 } 9771 9772 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9773 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9774 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9775 9776 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9777 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9778 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9779 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9780 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9781 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9782 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9783 return; 9784 } 9785 Init = Result.get(); 9786 } 9787 9788 // Perform the initialization. 9789 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9790 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9791 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9792 InitializationKind Kind = 9793 DirectInit 9794 ? CXXDirectInit 9795 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9796 Init->getLocStart(), 9797 Init->getLocEnd()) 9798 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9799 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9800 Init->getLocStart()); 9801 9802 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9803 if (CXXDirectInit) 9804 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9805 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9806 9807 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9808 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9809 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9810 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9811 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9812 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9813 }); 9814 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9815 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9816 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9817 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9818 } 9819 } 9820 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9821 return; 9822 9823 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 9824 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 9825 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 9826 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9827 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9828 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9829 return; 9830 } 9831 9832 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9833 } 9834 9835 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9836 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9837 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9838 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9839 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9840 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9841 } 9842 9843 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9844 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9845 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9846 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9847 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9848 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9849 9850 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9851 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9852 9853 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9854 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9855 9856 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9857 // Although this code can still have problems: 9858 // id x = self.weakProp; 9859 // id y = self.weakProp; 9860 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9861 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9862 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9863 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9864 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9865 Init->getLocStart())) 9866 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9867 } 9868 9869 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9870 // 9871 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9872 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9873 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9874 // 9875 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9876 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9877 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9878 // 9879 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9880 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9881 false, 9882 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9883 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9884 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9885 return; 9886 } 9887 Init = Result.get(); 9888 9889 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9890 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9891 9892 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9893 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9894 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9895 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9896 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9897 const Expr *Culprit; 9898 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9899 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9900 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9901 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9902 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9903 // constant expressions. 9904 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9905 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9906 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9907 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9908 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9909 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9910 } 9911 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 9912 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9913 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9914 // 9915 // struct S { 9916 // static const int value = 17; 9917 // }; 9918 9919 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9920 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9921 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9922 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9923 // 9924 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9925 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 9926 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9927 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9928 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9929 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9930 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9931 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9932 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9933 9934 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9935 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9936 9937 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9938 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9939 // type. 9940 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9941 9942 // Require constness. 9943 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9944 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9945 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9946 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9947 9948 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9949 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9950 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9951 SourceLocation Loc; 9952 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9953 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9954 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9955 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9956 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9957 ; // Nothing to check. 9958 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9959 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9960 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9961 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9962 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9963 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9964 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9965 } else { 9966 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9967 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9968 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9969 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9970 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9971 } 9972 9973 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9974 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9975 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9976 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9977 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9978 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9979 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9980 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9981 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9982 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9983 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9984 } else { 9985 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9986 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9987 9988 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9989 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9990 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9991 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9992 } 9993 } 9994 9995 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9996 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9997 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9998 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9999 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10000 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10001 10002 } else { 10003 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10004 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10005 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10006 } 10007 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10008 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10009 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10010 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10011 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10012 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10013 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10014 // C++ rules. 10015 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10016 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10017 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10018 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10019 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10020 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10021 10022 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10023 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10024 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10025 } 10026 10027 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10028 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10029 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10030 // 10031 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10032 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10033 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10034 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10035 // special case code. 10036 10037 // C++ 8.5p11: 10038 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10039 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10040 // class type. 10041 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10042 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10043 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10044 } else if (DirectInit) { 10045 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10046 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10047 } 10048 10049 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10050 } 10051 10052 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10053 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10054 /// of sanity. 10055 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10056 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10057 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10058 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10059 10060 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10061 if (!VD) return; 10062 10063 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10064 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10065 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10066 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10067 10068 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10069 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10070 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10071 return; 10072 } 10073 10074 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10075 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10076 10077 // Require a complete type. 10078 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10079 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10080 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10081 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10082 return; 10083 } 10084 10085 // Require a non-abstract type. 10086 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10087 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10088 AbstractVariableType)) { 10089 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10090 return; 10091 } 10092 10093 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10094 // though. 10095 } 10096 10097 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 10098 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10099 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10100 if (!RealDecl) 10101 return; 10102 10103 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10104 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10105 10106 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10107 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10108 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10109 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10110 return; 10111 } 10112 10113 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10114 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 10115 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10116 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 10117 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10118 return; 10119 } 10120 10121 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10122 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10123 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10124 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10125 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10126 // member. 10127 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10128 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10129 assert((!Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() || 10130 getLangOpts().Modules) && 10131 "Demoting decls is only in the contest of modules!"); 10132 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10133 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10134 // a definition there. 10135 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10136 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10137 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10138 << Var->getDeclName(); 10139 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10140 return; 10141 } 10142 } else { 10143 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10144 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10145 return; 10146 } 10147 } 10148 10149 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10150 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10151 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10152 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10153 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10154 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10155 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10156 return; 10157 } 10158 } 10159 10160 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10161 // be initialized. 10162 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10163 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10164 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10165 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10166 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10167 return; 10168 } 10169 10170 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10171 case VarDecl::Definition: 10172 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10173 break; 10174 10175 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10176 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10177 // a declaration. 10178 // 10179 // Fall through 10180 10181 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10182 // It's only a declaration. 10183 10184 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10185 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10186 // object shall be complete. 10187 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10188 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10189 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10190 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10191 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10192 10193 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10194 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10195 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10196 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10197 AbstractVariableType)) 10198 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10199 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10200 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10201 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10202 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10203 } 10204 10205 return; 10206 10207 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10208 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10209 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10210 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10211 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10212 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10213 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10214 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10215 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10216 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10217 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10218 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10219 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10220 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10221 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10222 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10223 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10224 // NOTE: code such as the following 10225 // static struct s; 10226 // struct s { int a; }; 10227 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10228 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10229 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10230 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10231 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10232 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10233 } 10234 } 10235 10236 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10237 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10238 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10239 return; 10240 } 10241 10242 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10243 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10244 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10245 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10246 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10247 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10248 return; 10249 } 10250 10251 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10252 // definitions with reference type. 10253 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10254 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10255 << Var->getDeclName() 10256 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10257 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10258 return; 10259 } 10260 10261 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10262 // variable with dependent type. 10263 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10264 return; 10265 10266 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10267 return; 10268 10269 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10270 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10271 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10272 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10273 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10274 return; 10275 } 10276 } else { 10277 return; 10278 } 10279 10280 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10281 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10282 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10283 AbstractVariableType)) { 10284 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10285 return; 10286 } 10287 10288 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10289 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10290 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10291 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10292 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10293 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10294 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10295 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10296 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10297 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10298 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10299 if (const RecordType *Record 10300 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10301 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10302 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10303 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10304 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10305 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10306 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10307 } 10308 } 10309 10310 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10311 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10312 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10313 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10314 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10315 // type shall have a user-declared default 10316 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10317 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10318 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10319 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10320 // program is ill-formed. 10321 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10322 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10323 // default-initialized; [...]. 10324 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10325 InitializationKind Kind 10326 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10327 10328 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10329 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10330 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10331 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10332 else if (Init.get()) { 10333 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10334 // This is important for template substitution. 10335 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10336 } 10337 10338 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10339 } 10340 } 10341 10342 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10343 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10344 if (!D) 10345 return; 10346 10347 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10348 if (!VD) { 10349 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10350 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10351 return; 10352 } 10353 10354 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10355 10356 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10357 int Error = -1; 10358 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10359 case SC_None: 10360 break; 10361 case SC_Extern: 10362 Error = 0; 10363 break; 10364 case SC_Static: 10365 Error = 1; 10366 break; 10367 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10368 Error = 2; 10369 break; 10370 case SC_Auto: 10371 Error = 3; 10372 break; 10373 case SC_Register: 10374 Error = 4; 10375 break; 10376 } 10377 if (Error != -1) { 10378 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10379 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10380 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10381 } 10382 } 10383 10384 StmtResult 10385 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10386 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10387 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10388 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10389 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10390 // A range-based for statement of the form 10391 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10392 // is equivalent to 10393 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10394 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10395 10396 const char *PrevSpec; 10397 unsigned DiagID; 10398 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10399 getPrintingPolicy()); 10400 10401 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10402 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10403 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10404 10405 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10406 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10407 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10408 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10409 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10410 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10411 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10412 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10413 } 10414 10415 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10416 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10417 10418 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10419 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10420 // initialiser 10421 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10422 !var->hasInit()) { 10423 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10424 << 1 /*Init*/; 10425 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10426 return; 10427 } 10428 } 10429 10430 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10431 // local retaining variable. 10432 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10433 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10434 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10435 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10436 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10437 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10438 break; 10439 10440 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10441 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10442 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10443 break; 10444 } 10445 } 10446 10447 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10448 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10449 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10450 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10451 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10452 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10453 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10454 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10455 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10456 var->getLocation())) { 10457 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10458 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10459 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10460 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10461 10462 if (!prev) 10463 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10464 } 10465 10466 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 10467 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 10468 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 10469 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 10470 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 10471 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10472 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 10473 return *CacheHasConstInit; 10474 }; 10475 10476 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10477 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10478 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10479 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10480 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10481 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10482 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10483 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10484 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 10485 if (!checkConstInit()) { 10486 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10487 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10488 // initialization. 10489 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10490 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10491 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 10492 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10493 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10494 } 10495 } 10496 } 10497 10498 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10499 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10500 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10501 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10502 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10503 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10504 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10505 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10506 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10507 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10508 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10509 } else { 10510 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10511 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10512 } 10513 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10514 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10515 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10516 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10517 } 10518 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10519 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10520 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10521 10522 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10523 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10524 // attribute. 10525 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10526 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10527 CurInitSegLoc)); 10528 } 10529 10530 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10531 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10532 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 10533 // current module. 10534 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10535 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10536 return; 10537 } 10538 10539 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 10540 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 10541 10542 QualType type = var->getType(); 10543 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10544 10545 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10546 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10547 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10548 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10549 10550 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10551 // constructing this copy. 10552 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10553 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10554 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10555 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10556 ExprResult result 10557 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10558 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10559 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10560 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10561 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10562 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10563 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10564 } 10565 } 10566 } 10567 10568 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10569 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10570 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10571 10572 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10573 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10574 10575 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10576 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10577 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10578 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10579 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10580 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10581 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10582 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10583 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10584 Notes.clear(); 10585 } 10586 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10587 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10588 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10589 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10590 } 10591 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10592 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10593 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10594 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10595 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10596 } 10597 10598 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 10599 // were just diagnosed. 10600 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 10601 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 10602 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 10603 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 10604 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 10605 if (DiagErr) { 10606 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 10607 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 10608 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10609 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 10610 << attr->getRange(); 10611 } 10612 } 10613 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 10614 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10615 var->getLocation())) { 10616 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10617 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10618 // warned about them. 10619 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10620 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 10621 if (!checkConstInit()) 10622 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10623 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10624 } 10625 } 10626 } 10627 10628 // Require the destructor. 10629 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10630 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10631 10632 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 10633 // module. 10634 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10635 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10636 } 10637 10638 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10639 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10640 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10641 return true; 10642 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10643 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10644 return true; 10645 return false; 10646 } 10647 10648 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10649 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10650 void 10651 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10652 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10653 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10654 10655 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10656 if (!VD) 10657 return; 10658 10659 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 10660 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 10661 if (ThisDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10662 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10663 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 10664 } 10665 } 10666 10667 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10668 10669 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10670 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10671 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10672 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10673 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10674 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10675 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10676 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10677 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10678 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10679 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10680 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10681 } 10682 } 10683 } 10684 10685 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10686 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10687 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10688 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10689 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10690 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10691 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10692 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10693 } 10694 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 10695 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 10696 // static storage class. 10697 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 10698 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 10699 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 10700 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 10701 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10702 } 10703 } 10704 10705 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10706 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10707 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 10708 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 10709 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 10710 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 10711 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10712 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 10713 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10714 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 10715 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 10716 bool AllowedInit = false; 10717 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10718 AllowedInit = 10719 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10720 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10721 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10722 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10723 if (!AllowedInit && 10724 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10725 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10726 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10727 10728 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 10729 if (AllowedInit) 10730 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 10731 AllowedInit = 10732 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 10733 10734 if (!AllowedInit) { 10735 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10736 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10737 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10738 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10739 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10740 } 10741 } else { 10742 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 10743 // callable from the host side. 10744 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 10745 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 10746 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 10747 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 10748 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 10749 } 10750 if (InitFn) { 10751 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 10752 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 10753 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 10754 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 10755 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 10756 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10757 } 10758 } 10759 } 10760 } 10761 } 10762 10763 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10764 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10765 10766 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10767 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10768 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10769 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10770 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10771 // with a warning. 10772 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10773 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10774 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10775 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10776 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10777 10778 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10779 IsClassTemplateMember 10780 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10781 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10782 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10783 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10784 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10785 } 10786 } 10787 10788 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10789 // isn't exported with the variable. 10790 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10791 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10792 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10793 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10794 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10795 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10796 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10797 } else { 10798 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10799 << DLLAttr; 10800 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10801 } 10802 } 10803 10804 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10805 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10806 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10807 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10808 } 10809 } 10810 10811 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10812 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10813 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10814 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10815 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10816 10817 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10818 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10819 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10820 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10821 10822 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10823 // tag values. 10824 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10825 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10826 return; 10827 10828 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10829 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10830 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10831 continue; 10832 } 10833 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10834 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10835 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10836 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10837 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10838 continue; 10839 } 10840 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10841 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10842 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10843 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10844 continue; 10845 } 10846 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10847 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10848 MagicValue, 10849 I->getMatchingCType(), 10850 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10851 I->getMustBeNull()); 10852 } 10853 } 10854 10855 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10856 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10857 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10858 10859 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10860 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10861 10862 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10863 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10864 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 10865 10866 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10867 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10868 auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D); 10869 if (DD && !FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10870 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10871 10872 auto *Decomp = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 10873 if (Decomp && !FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 10874 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = Decomp; 10875 10876 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 10877 // declaration in the same group. 10878 auto *OtherDD = FirstDeclaratorInGroup; 10879 if (OtherDD == FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 10880 OtherDD = DD; 10881 if (OtherDD && FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && 10882 OtherDD != FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && 10883 !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 10884 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 10885 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 10886 << OtherDD->getSourceRange(); 10887 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 10888 } 10889 10890 Decls.push_back(D); 10891 } 10892 } 10893 10894 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10895 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10896 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10897 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10898 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10899 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10900 } 10901 } 10902 10903 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10904 } 10905 10906 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10907 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10908 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10909 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10910 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10911 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10912 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10913 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10914 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10915 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10916 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10917 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10918 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10919 QualType Deduced; 10920 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10921 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10922 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10923 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10924 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10925 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10926 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10927 break; 10928 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10929 if (!U.isNull()) { 10930 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10931 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10932 Deduced = U; 10933 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10934 DeducedDecl = D; 10935 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10936 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10937 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10938 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10939 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10940 << U << D->getDeclName() 10941 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10942 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10943 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10944 break; 10945 } 10946 } 10947 } 10948 } 10949 } 10950 10951 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10952 10953 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10954 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10955 } 10956 10957 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10958 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10959 } 10960 10961 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10962 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10963 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10964 return; 10965 10966 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10967 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10968 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10969 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10970 return; 10971 10972 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10973 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10974 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10975 // additional declaration references: 10976 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10977 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10978 // 'struct S *pS;' 10979 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10980 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10981 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10982 Group = Group.slice(1); 10983 } 10984 } 10985 10986 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10987 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10988 if (!Comments.empty() && 10989 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10990 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10991 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10992 // 10993 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10994 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10995 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10996 // ahead through comments. 10997 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10998 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10999 } 11000 } 11001 11002 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11003 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11004 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11005 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11006 11007 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11008 11009 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11010 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11011 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11012 SC = SC_Register; 11013 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11014 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11015 SC = SC_Auto; 11016 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11017 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11018 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11019 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11020 } 11021 11022 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11023 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11024 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11025 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11026 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11027 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11028 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11029 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11030 << 0; 11031 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11032 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11033 11034 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11035 11036 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11037 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11038 11039 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11040 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11041 // parameter. 11042 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11043 11044 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11045 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11046 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11047 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11048 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11049 } 11050 } 11051 11052 // Ensure we have a valid name 11053 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11054 if (D.hasName()) { 11055 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11056 if (!II) { 11057 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11058 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11059 D.setInvalidType(true); 11060 } 11061 } 11062 11063 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11064 if (II) { 11065 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11066 ForRedeclaration); 11067 LookupName(R, S); 11068 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11069 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11070 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11071 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11072 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11073 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11074 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11075 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11076 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11077 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11078 11079 // Recover by removing the name 11080 II = nullptr; 11081 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11082 D.setInvalidType(true); 11083 } 11084 } 11085 } 11086 11087 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11088 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11089 // looking like class members in C++. 11090 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11091 D.getLocStart(), 11092 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11093 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11094 SC); 11095 11096 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11097 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11098 11099 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11100 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11101 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11102 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11103 11104 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11105 S->AddDecl(New); 11106 if (II) 11107 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11108 11109 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11110 11111 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11112 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11113 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11114 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11115 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11116 11117 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11118 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11119 } 11120 return New; 11121 } 11122 11123 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11124 /// typedef. 11125 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11126 SourceLocation Loc, 11127 QualType T) { 11128 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11129 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11130 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11131 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11132 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11133 SC_None, nullptr); 11134 Param->setImplicit(); 11135 return Param; 11136 } 11137 11138 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11139 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11140 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11141 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 11142 return; 11143 11144 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11145 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11146 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11147 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11148 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11149 } 11150 } 11151 } 11152 11153 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11154 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11155 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11156 return; 11157 11158 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11159 // threshold. 11160 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11161 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11162 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11163 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11164 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11165 } 11166 11167 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11168 // threshold. 11169 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11170 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11171 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11172 continue; 11173 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11174 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11175 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11176 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11177 } 11178 } 11179 11180 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11181 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11182 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11183 StorageClass SC) { 11184 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11185 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11186 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11187 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11188 11189 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11190 11191 // Special cases for arrays: 11192 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11193 // - otherwise, it's an error 11194 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11195 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11196 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11197 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11198 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11199 } 11200 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11201 } else { 11202 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11203 } 11204 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11205 } 11206 11207 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11208 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11209 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11210 11211 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11212 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11213 // the class has been completely parsed. 11214 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11215 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11216 AbstractParamType)) 11217 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11218 11219 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11220 // passed by reference. 11221 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11222 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11223 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11224 Diag(NameLoc, 11225 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11226 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11227 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11228 New->setType(T); 11229 } 11230 11231 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11232 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11233 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11234 // an address space. 11235 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11236 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11237 // to be qualified with an address space. 11238 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11239 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11240 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11241 } 11242 } 11243 11244 return New; 11245 } 11246 11247 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11248 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11249 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11250 11251 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11252 // for a K&R function. 11253 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11254 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11255 --i; 11256 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11257 SmallString<256> Code; 11258 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11259 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11260 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11261 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11262 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11263 11264 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11265 // type. 11266 AttributeFactory attrs; 11267 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11268 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11269 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11270 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11271 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11272 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11273 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11274 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11275 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11276 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11277 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11278 } 11279 } 11280 } 11281 } 11282 11283 Decl * 11284 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11285 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11286 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11287 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11288 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11289 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11290 11291 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11292 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11293 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11294 } 11295 11296 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11297 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11298 } 11299 11300 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11301 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11302 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11303 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11304 return false; 11305 11306 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11307 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11308 return false; 11309 11310 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11311 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11312 return false; 11313 11314 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11315 if (FD->isMain()) 11316 return false; 11317 11318 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11319 if (FD->isInlined()) 11320 return false; 11321 11322 // Don't warn about function templates. 11323 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11324 return false; 11325 11326 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11327 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11328 return false; 11329 11330 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11331 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11332 return false; 11333 11334 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11335 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11336 return false; 11337 11338 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11339 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11340 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11341 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11342 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11343 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11344 continue; 11345 11346 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11347 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11348 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11349 break; 11350 } 11351 11352 return MissingPrototype; 11353 } 11354 11355 void 11356 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11357 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11358 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11359 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11360 // was an extern inline function. 11361 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11362 if (!Definition) 11363 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11364 return; 11365 11366 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11367 return; 11368 11369 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11370 // a template, skip the new definition. 11371 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11372 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11373 Definition->isInlined() || 11374 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11375 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11376 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11377 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11378 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11379 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11380 FD->getLocation()); 11381 return; 11382 } 11383 11384 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11385 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11386 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11387 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11388 else 11389 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11390 11391 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11392 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11393 } 11394 11395 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11396 Sema &S) { 11397 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11398 11399 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11400 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11401 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11402 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11403 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11404 11405 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11406 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11407 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11408 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11409 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11410 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11411 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11412 11413 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11414 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11415 11416 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11417 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11418 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11419 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11420 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11421 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11422 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11423 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11424 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11425 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11426 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11427 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11428 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11429 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11430 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11431 11432 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11433 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11434 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11435 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11436 } else { 11437 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11438 } 11439 ++I; 11440 } 11441 } 11442 11443 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11444 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11445 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11446 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11447 11448 if (!D) 11449 return D; 11450 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11451 11452 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11453 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11454 else 11455 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11456 11457 // See if this is a redefinition. 11458 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11459 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11460 11461 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11462 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11463 return D; 11464 } 11465 11466 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11467 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11468 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11469 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11470 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11471 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11472 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11473 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11474 // have the LSI properly restored. 11475 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11476 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11477 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11478 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11479 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11480 } 11481 else 11482 // Enter a new function scope 11483 PushFunctionScope(); 11484 11485 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11486 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11487 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11488 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11489 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11490 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11491 } 11492 } 11493 11494 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11495 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11496 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11497 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11498 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11499 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11500 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11501 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11502 11503 if (FnBodyScope) 11504 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11505 11506 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11507 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11508 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11509 11510 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11511 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11512 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11513 11514 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11515 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11516 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11517 11518 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11519 } 11520 } 11521 11522 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 11523 // introduce them into the function scope. 11524 if (FnBodyScope) { 11525 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 11526 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 11527 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 11528 I != E; ++I) { 11529 NamedDecl *D = *I; 11530 11531 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 11532 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 11533 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 11534 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 11535 // Is the decl actually in the context? 11536 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 11537 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 11538 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 11539 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11540 } 11541 11542 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 11543 if (!D->getName().empty()) 11544 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11545 11546 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11547 // accessible in this scope. 11548 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 11549 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11550 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11551 } 11552 } 11553 } 11554 11555 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11556 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11557 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11558 11559 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11560 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11561 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11562 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11563 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11564 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11565 return D; 11566 } 11567 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11568 // a function template). 11569 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11570 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11571 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11572 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11573 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11574 11575 return D; 11576 } 11577 11578 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11579 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11580 /// optimization. 11581 /// 11582 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11583 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11584 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11585 /// use the named return value optimization. 11586 /// 11587 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11588 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11589 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11590 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11591 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11592 11593 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11594 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11595 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11596 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11597 } 11598 } 11599 } 11600 11601 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11602 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11603 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11604 return false; 11605 11606 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11607 // return type (yet). 11608 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11609 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11610 // we can still delay parsing it. 11611 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11612 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11613 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11614 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11615 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11616 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11617 } 11618 } 11619 return false; 11620 } 11621 11622 return true; 11623 } 11624 11625 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11626 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11627 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11628 // rest of the file. 11629 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11630 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11631 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11632 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11633 return false; 11634 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11635 } 11636 11637 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11638 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11639 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11640 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11641 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11642 return Decl; 11643 } 11644 11645 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11646 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11647 } 11648 11649 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11650 bool IsInstantiation) { 11651 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11652 11653 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11654 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11655 11656 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11657 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11658 11659 if (FD) { 11660 FD->setBody(Body); 11661 11662 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11663 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11664 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11665 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11666 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11667 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11668 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11669 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11670 << FD->getReturnType(); 11671 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11672 } else { 11673 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11674 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11675 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11676 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11677 } 11678 } 11679 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11680 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11681 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11682 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11683 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11684 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11685 11686 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11687 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11688 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11689 QualType RetType = 11690 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11691 11692 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11693 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11694 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11695 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11696 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11697 } 11698 } 11699 11700 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11701 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11702 // is the first declaration. 11703 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11704 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11705 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11706 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11707 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11708 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11709 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11710 } 11711 11712 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11713 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11714 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11715 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11716 11717 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11718 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11719 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11720 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11721 11722 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11723 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11724 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11725 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 11726 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 11727 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11728 11729 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11730 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11731 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11732 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11733 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11734 11735 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11736 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11737 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11738 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11739 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11740 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11741 } 11742 11743 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11744 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11745 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11746 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11747 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11748 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11749 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11750 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11751 11752 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11753 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11754 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11755 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11756 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11757 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11758 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11759 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11760 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11761 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11762 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11763 } 11764 } 11765 } 11766 11767 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11768 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11769 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11770 MD->isVirtual() && 11771 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11772 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11773 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11774 if (FD->isInlined() && 11775 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11776 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11777 11778 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11779 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11780 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11781 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11782 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11783 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11784 } else { 11785 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11786 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11787 } 11788 } 11789 } 11790 11791 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11792 "Function parsing confused"); 11793 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11794 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11795 MD->setBody(Body); 11796 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11797 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 11798 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 11799 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11800 11801 if (Body) 11802 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11803 } 11804 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11805 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11806 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11807 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11808 } 11809 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11810 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11811 bool isDesignated = 11812 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11813 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11814 (void)isDesignated; 11815 11816 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11817 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11818 if (!IFace) 11819 return false; 11820 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11821 if (!SuperD) 11822 return false; 11823 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11824 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11825 }; 11826 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11827 // of NSObject. 11828 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11829 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11830 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11831 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11832 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11833 } 11834 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11835 } 11836 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11837 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11838 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11839 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11840 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11841 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11842 } 11843 } else { 11844 return nullptr; 11845 } 11846 11847 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 11848 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 11849 11850 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11851 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11852 "handled in the block above."); 11853 11854 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11855 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11856 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11857 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11858 // Verify this. 11859 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11860 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11861 11862 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11863 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11864 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11865 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11866 11867 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11868 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11869 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11870 11871 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11872 Destructor->getParent()); 11873 } 11874 11875 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11876 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11877 // deletion in some later function. 11878 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11879 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11880 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11881 } 11882 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11883 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11884 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11885 // enabled. 11886 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11887 } 11888 11889 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11890 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11891 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11892 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11893 11894 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11895 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11896 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 11897 // require prologue. 11898 bool RegisterVariables = false; 11899 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 11900 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 11901 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 11902 RegisterVariables = 11903 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 11904 if (!RegisterVariables) 11905 break; 11906 } 11907 } 11908 } 11909 if (RegisterVariables) 11910 continue; 11911 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11912 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11913 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11914 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11915 break; 11916 } 11917 } 11918 } 11919 11920 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11921 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11922 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11923 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11924 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11925 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11926 } 11927 11928 if (!IsInstantiation) 11929 PopDeclContext(); 11930 11931 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11932 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11933 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11934 // deletion in some later function. 11935 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11936 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11937 } 11938 11939 return dcl; 11940 } 11941 11942 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11943 /// relevant Decl. 11944 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11945 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11946 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11947 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11948 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11949 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11950 11951 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11952 if (Method->isStatic()) 11953 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11954 } 11955 11956 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11957 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11958 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11959 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11960 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11961 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11962 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11963 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11964 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11965 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11966 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11967 return ExternCPrev; 11968 } 11969 11970 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11971 unsigned diag_id; 11972 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11973 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11974 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11975 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11976 else 11977 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11978 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11979 11980 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11981 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11982 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11983 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11984 if (S && 11985 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11986 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11987 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11988 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11989 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11990 } 11991 11992 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11993 const char *Dummy; 11994 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11995 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11996 unsigned DiagID; 11997 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11998 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11999 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12000 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12001 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12002 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12003 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12004 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12005 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12006 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12007 /*NumParams=*/0, 12008 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12009 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12010 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12011 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12012 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12013 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12014 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12015 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12016 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12017 EST_None, 12018 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12019 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12020 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12021 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12022 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12023 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12024 Loc, Loc, D), 12025 DS.getAttributes(), 12026 SourceLocation()); 12027 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12028 12029 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 12030 12031 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12032 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12033 12034 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 12035 FD->setImplicit(); 12036 12037 CurContext = PrevDC; 12038 12039 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12040 12041 return FD; 12042 } 12043 12044 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12045 /// the declaration of this function. 12046 /// 12047 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12048 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12049 /// like NSLog or printf. 12050 /// 12051 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12052 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12053 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12054 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12055 return; 12056 12057 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12058 // actual attributes. 12059 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12060 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12061 unsigned FormatIdx; 12062 bool HasVAListArg; 12063 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12064 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12065 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12066 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12067 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12068 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12069 fmt = "NSString"; 12070 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12071 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12072 FormatIdx+1, 12073 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12074 FD->getLocation())); 12075 } 12076 } 12077 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12078 HasVAListArg)) { 12079 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12080 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12081 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12082 FormatIdx+1, 12083 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12084 FD->getLocation())); 12085 } 12086 12087 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12088 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12089 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12090 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12091 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12092 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12093 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12094 } 12095 12096 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12097 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12098 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12099 FD->getLocation())); 12100 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12101 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12102 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12103 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12104 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12105 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12106 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12107 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12108 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12109 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12110 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12111 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12112 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12113 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12114 else 12115 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12116 } 12117 } 12118 12119 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12120 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12121 // across. 12122 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12123 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12124 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12125 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12126 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12127 } 12128 12129 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12130 if (!Name) 12131 return; 12132 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12133 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12134 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12135 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12136 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12137 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12138 // about. 12139 } else 12140 return; 12141 12142 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12143 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12144 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12145 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12146 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12147 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12148 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12149 FD->getLocation())); 12150 } 12151 12152 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12153 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12154 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12155 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12156 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12157 FD->getLocation())); 12158 } 12159 } 12160 12161 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12162 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12163 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12164 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12165 12166 if (!TInfo) { 12167 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12168 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12169 } 12170 12171 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12172 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12173 D.getLocStart(), 12174 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12175 D.getIdentifier(), 12176 TInfo); 12177 12178 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12179 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12180 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12181 return NewTD; 12182 } 12183 12184 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12185 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12186 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12187 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12188 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12189 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12190 else 12191 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12192 } 12193 12194 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12195 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12196 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12197 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12198 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12199 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12200 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12201 case TST_enum: 12202 case TST_struct: 12203 case TST_interface: 12204 case TST_union: 12205 case TST_class: { 12206 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12207 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12208 break; 12209 } 12210 12211 default: 12212 break; 12213 } 12214 12215 return NewTD; 12216 } 12217 12218 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12219 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12220 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12221 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12222 12223 if (T->isDependentType()) 12224 return false; 12225 12226 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12227 if (BT->isInteger()) 12228 return false; 12229 12230 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12231 return true; 12232 } 12233 12234 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12235 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12236 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12237 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12238 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12239 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12240 12241 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12242 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12243 << Prev->isScoped(); 12244 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12245 return true; 12246 } 12247 12248 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12249 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12250 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12251 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12252 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12253 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12254 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12255 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12256 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12257 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12258 return true; 12259 } 12260 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12261 ; 12262 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12263 ; 12264 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12265 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12266 << Prev->isFixed(); 12267 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12268 return true; 12269 } 12270 12271 return false; 12272 } 12273 12274 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12275 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12276 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12277 /// 12278 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12279 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12280 switch (Tag) { 12281 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12282 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12283 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12284 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12285 } 12286 } 12287 12288 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12289 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12290 /// 12291 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12292 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12293 { 12294 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12295 } 12296 12297 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl) { 12298 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12299 return NTK_Typedef; 12300 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12301 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12302 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12303 return NTK_Template; 12304 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12305 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12306 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12307 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12308 return NTK_Unknown; 12309 } 12310 12311 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12312 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12313 /// 12314 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12315 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12316 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12317 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12318 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12319 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12320 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12321 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12322 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12323 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12324 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12325 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12326 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12327 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12328 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12329 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12330 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12331 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12332 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12333 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12334 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12335 return true; 12336 12337 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12338 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12339 bool isTemplate = false; 12340 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12341 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12342 12343 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 12344 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12345 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12346 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12347 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12348 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12349 return true; 12350 } 12351 12352 if (isDefinition) { 12353 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12354 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12355 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12356 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12357 return true; 12358 } 12359 12360 bool previousMismatch = false; 12361 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12362 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12363 if (!previousMismatch) { 12364 previousMismatch = true; 12365 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12366 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12367 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12368 } 12369 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12370 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12371 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12372 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12373 } 12374 } 12375 return true; 12376 } 12377 12378 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12379 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12380 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12381 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12382 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12383 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12384 return true; 12385 } 12386 12387 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12388 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12389 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12390 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12391 12392 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12393 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12394 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12395 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12396 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12397 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12398 } 12399 12400 return true; 12401 } 12402 return false; 12403 } 12404 12405 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12406 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12407 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12408 /// namespace N { 12409 /// struct X; 12410 /// namespace M { 12411 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12412 /// } 12413 /// } 12414 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12415 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12416 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12417 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12418 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12419 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12420 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12421 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12422 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12423 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12424 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12425 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12426 return FixItHint(); 12427 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12428 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12429 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12430 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12431 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12432 break; 12433 } 12434 12435 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12436 // build an NNS. 12437 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12438 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12439 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12440 OS << "::"; 12441 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12442 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12443 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12444 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12445 } 12446 12447 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12448 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12449 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12450 /// using-declaration). 12451 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12452 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12453 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12454 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12455 12456 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12457 return true; 12458 12459 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12460 // encloses the other). 12461 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12462 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12463 return true; 12464 12465 return false; 12466 } 12467 12468 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12469 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12470 /// nothing. 12471 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12472 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12473 DC = DC->getParent(); 12474 return DC; 12475 } 12476 12477 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12478 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12479 /// nothing. 12480 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 12481 while (S->isClassScope() || 12482 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 12483 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12484 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12485 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12486 S = S->getParent(); 12487 return S; 12488 } 12489 12490 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12491 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12492 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12493 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12494 /// 12495 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12496 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12497 /// 12498 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12499 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12500 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12501 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12502 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12503 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12504 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12505 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12506 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12507 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12508 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12509 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12510 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12511 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12512 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12513 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12514 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12515 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12516 12517 OwnedDecl = false; 12518 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12519 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12520 12521 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12522 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12523 bool Invalid = false; 12524 12525 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12526 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12527 // for non-C++ cases. 12528 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12529 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12530 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12531 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12532 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12533 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12534 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12535 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12536 return nullptr; 12537 } 12538 12539 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12540 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12541 // be a member of another template). 12542 12543 if (Invalid) 12544 return nullptr; 12545 12546 OwnedDecl = false; 12547 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12548 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12549 TemplateParams, AS, 12550 ModulePrivateLoc, 12551 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12552 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12553 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12554 SkipBody); 12555 return Result.get(); 12556 } else { 12557 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12558 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12559 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12560 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12561 } 12562 } 12563 } 12564 12565 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12566 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12567 // redeclaration. 12568 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12569 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12570 12571 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12572 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12573 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12574 // type, default to int. 12575 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12576 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12577 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12578 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12579 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12580 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12581 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12582 12583 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12584 // Recover by falling back to int. 12585 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12586 12587 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12588 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12589 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12590 12591 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12592 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12593 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12594 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12595 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12596 } 12597 } 12598 } 12599 12600 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12601 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12602 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12603 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 12604 12605 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12606 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12607 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12608 12609 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12610 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12611 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12612 12613 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12614 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12615 Name = nullptr; 12616 goto CreateNewDecl; 12617 } 12618 12619 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12620 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12621 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12622 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12623 if (!DC) { 12624 IsDependent = true; 12625 return nullptr; 12626 } 12627 } else { 12628 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12629 if (!DC) { 12630 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12631 << SS.getRange(); 12632 return nullptr; 12633 } 12634 } 12635 12636 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12637 return nullptr; 12638 12639 SearchDC = DC; 12640 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12641 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12642 12643 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12644 return nullptr; 12645 12646 if (Previous.empty()) { 12647 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12648 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12649 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12650 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12651 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12652 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12653 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12654 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12655 IsDependent = true; 12656 return nullptr; 12657 } 12658 12659 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12660 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12661 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12662 Name = nullptr; 12663 Invalid = true; 12664 goto CreateNewDecl; 12665 } 12666 } else if (Name) { 12667 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12668 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12669 // name different from T: 12670 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12671 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12672 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12673 return nullptr; 12674 12675 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12676 // declaration or definition. 12677 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12678 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12679 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12680 LookupName(Previous, S); 12681 12682 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12683 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12684 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12685 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12686 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12687 while (F.hasNext()) { 12688 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12689 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 12690 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 12691 F.erase(); 12692 } 12693 F.done(); 12694 } 12695 12696 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12697 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12698 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12699 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12700 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12701 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12702 // 12703 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12704 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12705 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12706 // 12707 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12708 // semantic context? 12709 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12710 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12711 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12712 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12713 while (F.hasNext()) { 12714 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12715 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12716 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12717 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12718 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12719 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12720 else 12721 F.erase(); 12722 } 12723 } 12724 F.done(); 12725 12726 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12727 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12728 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12729 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12730 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12731 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12732 } 12733 } 12734 12735 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12736 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12737 return nullptr; 12738 12739 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12740 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12741 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12742 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12743 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12744 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12745 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12746 } 12747 } 12748 12749 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12750 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12751 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12752 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12753 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12754 Previous.clear(); 12755 } 12756 12757 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12758 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 12759 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12760 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12761 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12762 12763 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12764 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12765 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12766 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 12767 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12768 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 12769 isStdAlignValT = true; 12770 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 12771 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 12772 } 12773 } 12774 12775 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12776 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12777 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12778 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12779 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12780 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12781 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12782 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12783 12784 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12785 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12786 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12787 // 12788 // class-key identifier 12789 // 12790 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12791 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12792 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12793 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12794 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12795 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12796 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12797 // declaration. 12798 // 12799 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12800 // C structs and unions. 12801 // 12802 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12803 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12804 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12805 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12806 // 12807 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12808 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12809 // 12810 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12811 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12812 // lexical context, 12813 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12814 12815 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12816 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12817 } else { 12818 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12819 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12820 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12821 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12822 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12823 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12824 } 12825 12826 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12827 // diagnose some problems. 12828 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12829 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12830 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12831 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12832 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12833 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12834 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12835 } else { 12836 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12837 LookupName(Previous, S); 12838 } 12839 } 12840 12841 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12842 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12843 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12844 12845 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12846 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12847 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12848 12849 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12850 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12851 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12852 // in C++. 12853 // 12854 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12855 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12856 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12857 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12858 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12859 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12860 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12861 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12862 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12863 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12864 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12865 PrevDecl = Tag; 12866 Previous.clear(); 12867 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12868 Previous.resolveKind(); 12869 } 12870 } 12871 } 12872 } 12873 12874 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12875 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12876 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12877 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12878 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12879 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12880 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12881 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12882 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12883 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12884 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12885 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12886 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12887 << 0; 12888 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12889 Previous.clear(); 12890 goto CreateNewDecl; 12891 } 12892 } 12893 12894 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12895 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12896 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12897 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12898 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12899 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12900 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12901 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12902 // struct or something similar. 12903 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12904 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12905 Name)) { 12906 bool SafeToContinue 12907 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12908 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12909 if (SafeToContinue) 12910 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12911 << Name 12912 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12913 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12914 else 12915 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12916 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12917 12918 if (SafeToContinue) 12919 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12920 else { 12921 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12922 Name = nullptr; 12923 Previous.clear(); 12924 Invalid = true; 12925 } 12926 } 12927 12928 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12929 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12930 12931 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12932 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12933 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12934 if (ScopedEnum) 12935 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12936 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12937 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12938 return PrevTagDecl; 12939 } 12940 12941 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12942 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12943 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12944 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12945 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12946 12947 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12948 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12949 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12950 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12951 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12952 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12953 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12954 } 12955 12956 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12957 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12958 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12959 // and then later defined. 12960 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12961 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12962 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12963 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12964 } 12965 12966 if (!Invalid) { 12967 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12968 // we have attributes. 12969 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12970 if (Attr) { 12971 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12972 // declaration to hold them. 12973 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12974 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12975 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12976 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12977 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12978 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12979 SS.isEmpty()) { 12980 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12981 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12982 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12983 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12984 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12985 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12986 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12987 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12988 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12989 return PrevTagDecl; 12990 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12991 // that scope. 12992 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12993 } else { 12994 return PrevTagDecl; 12995 } 12996 } 12997 12998 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12999 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13000 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13001 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13002 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13003 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13004 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13005 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 13006 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13007 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13008 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13009 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13010 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13011 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13012 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13013 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13014 } 13015 13016 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13017 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13018 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13019 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13020 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13021 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13022 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13023 // use it in place of this one. 13024 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13025 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 13026 return Def; 13027 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13028 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13029 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13030 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13031 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13032 else 13033 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13034 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13035 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13036 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13037 // references get the previous definition. 13038 Name = nullptr; 13039 Previous.clear(); 13040 Invalid = true; 13041 } 13042 } else { 13043 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13044 // about a nested redefinition. 13045 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13046 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13047 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13048 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13049 diag::note_previous_definition); 13050 Name = nullptr; 13051 Previous.clear(); 13052 Invalid = true; 13053 } 13054 } 13055 13056 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13057 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13058 } 13059 13060 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13061 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13062 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13063 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13064 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13065 AS = AS_none; 13066 } 13067 } 13068 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13069 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13070 13071 } else { 13072 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13073 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13074 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13075 // have distinct types. 13076 Previous.clear(); 13077 } 13078 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13079 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13080 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13081 13082 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13083 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13084 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13085 } else { 13086 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13087 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13088 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13089 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13090 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13091 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl); 13092 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << NTK; 13093 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13094 Invalid = true; 13095 13096 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13097 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13098 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 13099 // do nothing 13100 13101 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13102 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13103 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl); 13104 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13105 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13106 Invalid = true; 13107 13108 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13109 // case here. 13110 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13111 unsigned Kind = 0; 13112 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13113 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13114 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13115 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13116 Invalid = true; 13117 13118 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13119 } else { 13120 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13121 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13122 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13123 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13124 Name = nullptr; 13125 Invalid = true; 13126 } 13127 13128 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13129 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13130 Previous.clear(); 13131 } 13132 } 13133 13134 CreateNewDecl: 13135 13136 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13137 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13138 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13139 13140 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13141 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13142 // keyword. 13143 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13144 13145 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13146 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13147 // PrevDecl. 13148 TagDecl *New; 13149 13150 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13151 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13152 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13153 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13154 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13155 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13156 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13157 13158 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13159 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13160 13161 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13162 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13163 TagDecl *Def; 13164 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13165 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13166 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13167 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13168 } 13169 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13170 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13171 << New; 13172 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13173 } else { 13174 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13175 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13176 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13177 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13178 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13179 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13180 13181 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13182 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13183 // the declaration context. 13184 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13185 IsForwardReference = true; 13186 } 13187 } 13188 13189 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13190 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13191 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13192 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13193 else 13194 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13195 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13196 } 13197 } else { 13198 // struct/union/class 13199 13200 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13201 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13202 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13203 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13204 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13205 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13206 13207 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13208 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13209 } else 13210 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13211 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13212 } 13213 13214 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13215 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13216 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13217 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13218 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13219 Invalid = true; 13220 } 13221 13222 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13223 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13224 if (SS.isSet()) { 13225 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13226 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13227 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13228 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13229 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13230 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 13231 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13232 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13233 Invalid = true; 13234 13235 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13236 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13237 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13238 } 13239 } 13240 else 13241 Invalid = true; 13242 } 13243 13244 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13245 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13246 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13247 // 13248 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13249 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13250 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13251 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13252 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13253 // parsing of the struct). 13254 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13255 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13256 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13257 } 13258 } 13259 13260 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13261 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 13262 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13263 << 2 13264 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13265 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13266 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13267 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13268 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13269 New->setModulePrivate(); 13270 } 13271 13272 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13273 // check the specialization. 13274 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13275 Invalid = true; 13276 13277 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13278 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13279 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13280 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13281 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13282 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13283 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13284 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13285 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13286 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13287 << Name; 13288 Invalid = true; 13289 } 13290 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13291 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13292 } 13293 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 13294 } 13295 13296 if (Invalid) 13297 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13298 13299 if (Attr) 13300 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13301 13302 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13303 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13304 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13305 13306 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13307 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13308 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13309 // the tag name visible. 13310 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13311 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13312 13313 // Set the access specifier. 13314 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13315 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13316 13317 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13318 New->startDefinition(); 13319 13320 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13321 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13322 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13323 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13324 if (PrevDecl) 13325 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13326 13327 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13328 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13329 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13330 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13331 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13332 } else if (Name) { 13333 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13334 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13335 if (IsForwardReference) 13336 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13337 } else { 13338 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13339 } 13340 13341 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13342 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13343 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13344 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13345 II->isStr("FILE")) 13346 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13347 13348 if (PrevDecl) 13349 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13350 13351 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13352 // record. 13353 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13354 13355 OwnedDecl = true; 13356 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13357 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13358 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 13359 } 13360 13361 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13362 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13363 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13364 13365 // Enter the tag context. 13366 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13367 13368 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13369 13370 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13371 // record. 13372 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13373 } 13374 13375 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13376 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13377 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13378 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13379 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13380 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13381 CurContext = OCD; 13382 return IDecl; 13383 } 13384 13385 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13386 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13387 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13388 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13389 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13390 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13391 13392 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13393 13394 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13395 return; 13396 13397 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13398 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13399 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13400 13401 // C++ [class]p2: 13402 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13403 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13404 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13405 // as if it were a public member name. 13406 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13407 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13408 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13409 Record->getIdentifier(), 13410 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13411 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13412 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13413 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13414 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13415 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13416 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13417 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13418 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13419 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13420 } 13421 13422 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13423 SourceRange BraceRange) { 13424 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13425 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13426 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 13427 13428 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13429 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13430 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13431 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13432 RD->completeDefinition(); 13433 } 13434 13435 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13436 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13437 13438 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13439 PopDeclContext(); 13440 13441 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13442 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13443 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13444 13445 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13446 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13447 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13448 } 13449 13450 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13451 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13452 PopDeclContext(); 13453 } 13454 13455 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13456 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13457 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13458 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13459 } 13460 13461 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13462 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13463 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13464 } 13465 13466 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13467 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13468 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13469 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13470 13471 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13472 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13473 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13474 RD->completeDefinition(); 13475 } 13476 13477 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13478 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13479 // the FieldCollector. 13480 13481 PopDeclContext(); 13482 } 13483 13484 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13485 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13486 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13487 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13488 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13489 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13490 if (ZeroWidth) 13491 *ZeroWidth = true; 13492 13493 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13494 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13495 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13496 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13497 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13498 return ExprError(); 13499 if (FieldName) 13500 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13501 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13502 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13503 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13504 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13505 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13506 return ExprError(); 13507 13508 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13509 // it now. 13510 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13511 return BitWidth; 13512 13513 llvm::APSInt Value; 13514 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13515 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13516 return ICE; 13517 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13518 13519 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13520 *ZeroWidth = false; 13521 13522 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13523 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13524 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13525 13526 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13527 if (FieldName) 13528 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13529 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13530 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13531 << Value.toString(10); 13532 } 13533 13534 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13535 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13536 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13537 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13538 13539 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13540 // ABI. 13541 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13542 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13543 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13544 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13545 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13546 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13547 unsigned DiagWidth = 13548 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13549 if (FieldName) 13550 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13551 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13552 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13553 13554 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13555 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13556 << DiagWidth; 13557 } 13558 13559 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13560 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13561 // 'bool'. 13562 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13563 if (FieldName) 13564 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13565 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13566 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13567 else 13568 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13569 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13570 } 13571 } 13572 13573 return BitWidth; 13574 } 13575 13576 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13577 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13578 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13579 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13580 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13581 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13582 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13583 return Res; 13584 } 13585 13586 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13587 /// 13588 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13589 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13590 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13591 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13592 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13593 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 13594 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 13595 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 13596 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 13597 return nullptr; 13598 } 13599 13600 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13601 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13602 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13603 13604 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13605 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13606 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13607 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13608 13609 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13610 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13611 D.setInvalidType(); 13612 T = Context.IntTy; 13613 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13614 } 13615 } 13616 13617 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13618 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13619 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13620 D.setInvalidType(); 13621 } 13622 13623 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13624 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13625 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13626 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13627 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13628 D.setInvalidType(); 13629 } 13630 13631 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13632 13633 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 13634 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13635 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 13636 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13637 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13638 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13639 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13640 13641 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13642 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13643 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13644 LookupName(Previous, S); 13645 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13646 case LookupResult::Found: 13647 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13648 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13649 break; 13650 13651 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13652 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13653 break; 13654 13655 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13656 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13657 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13658 break; 13659 } 13660 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13661 13662 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13663 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13664 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13665 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13666 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13667 } 13668 13669 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13670 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13671 13672 bool Mutable 13673 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13674 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13675 FieldDecl *NewFD 13676 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13677 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13678 13679 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13680 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13681 13682 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13683 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13684 13685 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13686 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13687 // with the same name in the same scope. 13688 } else if (II) { 13689 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13690 } else 13691 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13692 13693 return NewFD; 13694 } 13695 13696 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13697 /// 13698 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13699 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13700 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13701 /// created. 13702 /// 13703 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13704 /// 13705 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13706 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13707 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13708 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13709 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13710 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13711 SourceLocation TSSL, 13712 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13713 Declarator *D) { 13714 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13715 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13716 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13717 13718 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13719 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13720 if (T.isNull()) { 13721 InvalidDecl = true; 13722 T = Context.IntTy; 13723 } 13724 13725 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13726 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13727 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13728 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13729 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13730 InvalidDecl = true; 13731 } else { 13732 NamedDecl *Def; 13733 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13734 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13735 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13736 InvalidDecl = true; 13737 } 13738 } 13739 } 13740 13741 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13742 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13743 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13744 InvalidDecl = true; 13745 } 13746 13747 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13748 // than a variably modified type. 13749 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13750 bool SizeIsNegative; 13751 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13752 13753 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13754 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13755 SizeIsNegative, 13756 Oversized); 13757 if (FixedTInfo) { 13758 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13759 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13760 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13761 } else { 13762 if (SizeIsNegative) 13763 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13764 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13765 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13766 << Oversized.toString(10); 13767 else 13768 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13769 InvalidDecl = true; 13770 } 13771 } 13772 13773 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13774 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13775 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13776 AbstractFieldType)) 13777 InvalidDecl = true; 13778 13779 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13780 if (InvalidDecl) 13781 BitWidth = nullptr; 13782 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13783 if (BitWidth) { 13784 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13785 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13786 if (!BitWidth) { 13787 InvalidDecl = true; 13788 BitWidth = nullptr; 13789 ZeroWidth = false; 13790 } 13791 } 13792 13793 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13794 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13795 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13796 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13797 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13798 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13799 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13800 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13801 13802 if (DiagID) { 13803 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13804 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13805 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13806 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13807 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13808 Mutable = false; 13809 InvalidDecl = true; 13810 } 13811 } 13812 } 13813 13814 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13815 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13816 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13817 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13818 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13819 13820 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13821 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13822 if (InvalidDecl) 13823 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13824 13825 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13826 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13827 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13828 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13829 } 13830 13831 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13832 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13833 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13834 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13835 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13836 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13837 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13838 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13839 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13840 // objects. 13841 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13842 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13843 } 13844 } 13845 13846 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13847 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13848 // enabled. 13849 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13850 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13851 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13852 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13853 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13854 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13855 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13856 } 13857 } 13858 } 13859 13860 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13861 // representation, not a parser representation. 13862 if (D) { 13863 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13864 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13865 13866 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13867 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13868 } 13869 13870 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13871 // retainable type. 13872 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13873 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13874 13875 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13876 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13877 13878 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13879 return NewFD; 13880 } 13881 13882 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13883 assert(FD); 13884 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13885 13886 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13887 return false; 13888 13889 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13890 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13891 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13892 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13893 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13894 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13895 // copy constructors. 13896 13897 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13898 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13899 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13900 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13901 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13902 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13903 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13904 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13905 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13906 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13907 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13908 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13909 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13910 member = CXXDestructor; 13911 13912 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13913 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13914 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13915 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13916 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13917 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13918 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13919 // members unavailable. 13920 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13921 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13922 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13923 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13924 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13925 return false; 13926 } 13927 } 13928 13929 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13930 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13931 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13932 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13933 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13934 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13935 } 13936 } 13937 } 13938 13939 return false; 13940 } 13941 13942 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13943 /// AST enum value. 13944 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13945 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13946 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13947 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13948 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13949 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13950 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13951 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13952 } 13953 } 13954 13955 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13956 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13957 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13958 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13959 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13960 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13961 13962 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13963 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13964 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13965 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13966 13967 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13968 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13969 13970 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13971 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13972 13973 if (BitWidth) { 13974 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13975 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13976 if (!BitWidth) 13977 D.setInvalidType(); 13978 } else { 13979 // Not a bitfield. 13980 13981 // validate II. 13982 13983 } 13984 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13985 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13986 D.setInvalidType(); 13987 } 13988 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13989 // than a variably modified type. 13990 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13991 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13992 D.setInvalidType(); 13993 } 13994 13995 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13996 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13997 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13998 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13999 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14000 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14001 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14002 return nullptr; 14003 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14004 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14005 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14006 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14007 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14008 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14009 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14010 } 14011 else 14012 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14013 } else { 14014 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14015 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14016 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14017 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14018 return nullptr; 14019 } 14020 } 14021 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14022 } 14023 14024 // Construct the decl. 14025 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14026 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14027 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14028 14029 if (II) { 14030 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14031 ForRedeclaration); 14032 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14033 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14034 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14035 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14036 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14037 } 14038 } 14039 14040 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14041 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14042 14043 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14044 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14045 14046 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14047 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14048 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14049 14050 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14051 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14052 14053 if (II) { 14054 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14055 // these to the interface. 14056 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14057 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14058 } 14059 14060 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14061 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14062 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14063 14064 return NewID; 14065 } 14066 14067 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14068 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14069 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14070 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14071 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14072 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14073 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14074 return; 14075 14076 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14077 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14078 14079 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14080 return; 14081 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14082 if (!ID) { 14083 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14084 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14085 return; 14086 } 14087 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14088 else 14089 return; 14090 } 14091 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14092 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14093 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14094 14095 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14096 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14097 Context.CharTy, 14098 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14099 DeclLoc), 14100 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14101 true); 14102 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14103 } 14104 14105 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14106 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14107 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14108 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14109 14110 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14111 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14112 // it will now change. 14113 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14114 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14115 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14116 default: break; 14117 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14118 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14119 break; 14120 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14121 Context. 14122 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14123 break; 14124 } 14125 } 14126 14127 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14128 14129 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14130 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14131 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14132 if (Record) { 14133 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14134 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14135 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14136 ++NumNamedMembers; 14137 } 14138 } 14139 14140 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14141 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14142 14143 bool ARCErrReported = false; 14144 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14145 i != end; ++i) { 14146 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14147 14148 // Get the type for the field. 14149 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14150 14151 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14152 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14153 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14154 } 14155 14156 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14157 // diagnostics about it. 14158 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14159 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14160 continue; 14161 } 14162 14163 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14164 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14165 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14166 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14167 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14168 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14169 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14170 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14171 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14172 // array. 14173 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14174 // Field declared as a function. 14175 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14176 << FD->getDeclName(); 14177 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14178 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14179 continue; 14180 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14181 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14182 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14183 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14184 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14185 // Flexible array member. 14186 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14187 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14188 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14189 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14190 if (Record->isUnion()) 14191 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14192 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14193 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14194 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14195 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14196 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14197 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14198 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14199 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14200 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14201 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14202 14203 if (DiagID) 14204 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14205 << Record->getTagKind(); 14206 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14207 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14208 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14209 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14210 // of the type. 14211 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14212 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14213 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14214 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14215 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14216 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14217 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14218 14219 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14220 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14221 // 14222 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14223 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14224 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14225 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14226 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14227 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14228 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14229 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14230 continue; 14231 } 14232 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14233 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14234 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14235 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14236 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14237 // Incomplete type 14238 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14239 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14240 continue; 14241 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14242 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14243 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14244 // flexible array member. 14245 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14246 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14247 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14248 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14249 // structures. 14250 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14251 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14252 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14253 else { 14254 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14255 // other structs as an extension. 14256 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14257 << FD->getDeclName(); 14258 } 14259 } 14260 } 14261 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14262 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14263 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14264 AbstractIvarType)) { 14265 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14266 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14267 } 14268 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14269 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14270 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14271 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14272 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14273 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14274 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14275 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14276 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14277 FD->setType(T); 14278 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 14279 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14280 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 14281 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14282 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14283 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14284 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14285 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14286 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 14287 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 14288 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14289 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14290 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14291 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14292 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14293 } 14294 } else { 14295 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14296 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14297 } 14298 ARCErrReported = true; 14299 } 14300 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14301 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14302 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14303 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14304 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14305 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14306 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14307 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14308 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14309 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14310 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14311 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14312 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14313 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14314 } 14315 } 14316 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14317 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14318 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14319 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14320 ++NumNamedMembers; 14321 } 14322 14323 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14324 if (Record) { 14325 bool Completed = false; 14326 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14327 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14328 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14329 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14330 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14331 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14332 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14333 } 14334 14335 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14336 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14337 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14338 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14339 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14340 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14341 } 14342 14343 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14344 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14345 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14346 14347 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14348 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14349 // problem now. 14350 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14351 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14352 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14353 14354 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14355 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14356 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14357 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14358 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14359 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14360 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14361 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14362 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14363 continue; 14364 14365 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14366 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14367 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14368 // program is ill-formed. 14369 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14370 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14371 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14372 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14373 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14374 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14375 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14376 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14377 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14378 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14379 14380 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14381 } 14382 } 14383 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14384 Completed = true; 14385 } 14386 } 14387 } 14388 } 14389 14390 if (!Completed) 14391 Record->completeDefinition(); 14392 14393 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 14394 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14395 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 14396 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 14397 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 14398 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 14399 } 14400 14401 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14402 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14403 14404 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14405 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14406 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14407 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14408 } 14409 14410 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14411 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14412 // compatibility problems. 14413 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14414 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14415 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14416 } else { 14417 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14418 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14419 CheckForZeroSize = 14420 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14421 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14422 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14423 } 14424 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14425 bool ZeroSize = true; 14426 bool IsEmpty = true; 14427 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14428 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14429 E = Record->field_end(); 14430 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14431 IsEmpty = false; 14432 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14433 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14434 ZeroSize = false; 14435 } else { 14436 ++NonBitFields; 14437 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14438 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14439 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14440 ZeroSize = false; 14441 } 14442 } 14443 14444 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14445 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14446 // extern "C" block. 14447 if (ZeroSize) { 14448 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14449 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14450 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14451 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14452 } 14453 14454 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14455 // but are accepted by GCC. 14456 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14457 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14458 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14459 << Record->isUnion(); 14460 } 14461 } 14462 } else { 14463 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14464 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14465 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14466 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14467 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14468 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14469 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14470 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14471 } 14472 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14473 // duplicates. 14474 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14475 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14476 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14477 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14478 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14479 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14480 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14481 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14482 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14483 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14484 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14485 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14486 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14487 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14488 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14489 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14490 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14491 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14492 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14493 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14494 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14495 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14496 if (IDecl) { 14497 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14498 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14499 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14500 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14501 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14502 continue; 14503 } 14504 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14505 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14506 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14507 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14508 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14509 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14510 continue; 14511 } 14512 } 14513 } 14514 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14515 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14516 } 14517 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14518 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14519 } 14520 } 14521 14522 if (Attr) 14523 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14524 } 14525 14526 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14527 /// the given type T. 14528 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14529 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14530 QualType T) { 14531 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14532 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14533 14534 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14535 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14536 --BitWidth; 14537 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14538 } 14539 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14540 } 14541 14542 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14543 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14544 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14545 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14546 // enum checking below. 14547 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14548 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14549 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14550 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14551 }; 14552 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14553 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14554 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14555 }; 14556 14557 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14558 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14559 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14560 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14561 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14562 return Types[I]; 14563 14564 return QualType(); 14565 } 14566 14567 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14568 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14569 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14570 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14571 Expr *Val) { 14572 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14573 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14574 QualType EltTy; 14575 14576 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14577 Val = nullptr; 14578 14579 if (Val) 14580 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14581 14582 if (Val) { 14583 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14584 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14585 else { 14586 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14587 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14588 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14589 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14590 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14591 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14592 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14593 ExprResult Converted = 14594 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14595 CCEK_Enumerator); 14596 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14597 Val = nullptr; 14598 else 14599 Val = Converted.get(); 14600 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14601 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14602 &EnumVal).get())) { 14603 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14604 } else { 14605 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14606 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14607 14608 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14609 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14610 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14611 // expression checking. 14612 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14613 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14614 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14615 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14616 } else 14617 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14618 } else 14619 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14620 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14621 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14622 .get(); 14623 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14624 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14625 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14626 // is the type of its initializing value: 14627 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14628 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14629 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14630 } else { 14631 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14632 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14633 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14634 // representable as an int. 14635 14636 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14637 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14638 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14639 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14640 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14641 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14642 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14643 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14644 } 14645 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14646 } 14647 } 14648 } 14649 } 14650 14651 if (!Val) { 14652 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14653 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14654 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14655 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14656 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14657 // is the type of its initializing value: 14658 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14659 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14660 // 14661 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14662 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14663 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14664 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14665 } 14666 else { 14667 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14668 } 14669 } else { 14670 // Assign the last value + 1. 14671 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14672 ++EnumVal; 14673 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14674 14675 // Check for overflow on increment. 14676 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14677 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14678 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14679 // is the type of its initializing value: 14680 // 14681 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14682 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14683 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14684 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14685 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14686 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14687 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14688 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14689 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14690 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14691 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14692 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14693 ++EnumVal; 14694 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14695 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14696 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14697 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14698 << EltTy; 14699 else 14700 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14701 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14702 } else { 14703 EltTy = T; 14704 } 14705 14706 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14707 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14708 // value, then increment. 14709 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14710 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14711 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14712 ++EnumVal; 14713 14714 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14715 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14716 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14717 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14718 // integral type. 14719 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14720 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14721 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14722 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14723 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14724 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14725 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14726 } 14727 } 14728 } 14729 14730 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14731 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14732 // enumerator's type. 14733 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14734 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14735 } 14736 14737 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14738 Val, EnumVal); 14739 } 14740 14741 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14742 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14743 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14744 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14745 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14746 14747 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14748 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14749 // skip the body. 14750 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14751 ForRedeclaration); 14752 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14753 if (!PrevECD) 14754 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14755 14756 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14757 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14758 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14759 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14760 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14761 return Skip; 14762 } 14763 14764 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14765 } 14766 14767 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14768 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14769 AttributeList *Attr, 14770 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14771 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14772 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14773 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14774 14775 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14776 // we find one that is. 14777 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14778 14779 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14780 // scope. 14781 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14782 ForRedeclaration); 14783 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14784 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14785 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14786 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14787 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14788 } 14789 14790 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14791 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14792 // different from T: 14793 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14794 // enumerated type 14795 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14796 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14797 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14798 14799 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14800 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14801 if (!New) 14802 return nullptr; 14803 14804 if (PrevDecl) { 14805 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14806 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14807 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14808 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14809 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14810 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14811 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14812 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14813 else 14814 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14815 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14816 return nullptr; 14817 } 14818 } 14819 14820 // Process attributes. 14821 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14822 14823 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14824 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14825 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14826 14827 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14828 14829 return New; 14830 } 14831 14832 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14833 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14834 // Element2 = Element1 14835 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14836 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14837 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14838 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14839 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14840 if (!InitExpr) 14841 return true; 14842 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14843 14844 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14845 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14846 return true; 14847 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14848 if (!IL) 14849 return true; 14850 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14851 return true; 14852 14853 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14854 } 14855 14856 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14857 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14858 if (!DRE) 14859 return true; 14860 14861 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14862 if (!EnumConstant) 14863 return true; 14864 14865 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14866 Enum) 14867 return true; 14868 14869 return false; 14870 } 14871 14872 namespace { 14873 struct DupKey { 14874 int64_t val; 14875 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14876 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14877 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14878 }; 14879 14880 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14881 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14882 false); 14883 } 14884 14885 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14886 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14887 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14888 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14889 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14890 } 14891 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14892 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14893 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14894 } 14895 }; 14896 } // end anonymous namespace 14897 14898 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14899 // a previous element has already been set to. 14900 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14901 EnumDecl *Enum, 14902 QualType EnumType) { 14903 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14904 return; 14905 // Avoid anonymous enums 14906 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14907 return; 14908 14909 // Only check for small enums. 14910 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14911 return; 14912 14913 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14914 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14915 14916 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14917 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14918 ValueToVectorMap; 14919 14920 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14921 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14922 14923 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14924 // an initialier. 14925 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14926 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14927 14928 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14929 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14930 if (!ECD) { 14931 return; 14932 } 14933 14934 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14935 continue; 14936 14937 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14938 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14939 14940 // First time encountering this value. 14941 if (Entry.isNull()) 14942 Entry = ECD; 14943 } 14944 14945 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14946 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14947 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14948 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14949 continue; 14950 14951 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14952 14953 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14954 if (Entry.isNull()) 14955 continue; 14956 14957 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14958 // Ensure constants are different. 14959 if (D == ECD) 14960 continue; 14961 14962 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14963 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14964 Vec->push_back(D); 14965 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14966 14967 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14968 Entry = Vec; 14969 14970 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14971 // diagnostics. 14972 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14973 continue; 14974 } 14975 14976 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14977 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14978 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14979 continue; 14980 14981 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14982 } 14983 14984 // Emit diagnostics. 14985 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14986 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14987 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14988 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14989 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14990 14991 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14992 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14993 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14994 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14995 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14996 ++I; 14997 14998 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14999 // the same value. 15000 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15001 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15002 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15003 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15004 delete Vec; 15005 } 15006 } 15007 15008 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15009 bool AllowMask) const { 15010 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 15011 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15012 15013 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15014 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15015 15016 if (R.second) { 15017 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15018 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15019 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15020 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15021 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15022 } 15023 } 15024 15025 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15026 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15027 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15028 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15029 // 15030 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15031 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15032 // likely a logic error. 15033 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15034 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15035 } 15036 15037 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15038 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15039 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15040 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15041 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15042 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15043 15044 if (Attr) 15045 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15046 15047 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15048 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15049 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15050 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15051 if (!ECD) continue; 15052 15053 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15054 } 15055 15056 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15057 return; 15058 } 15059 15060 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15061 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15062 // emit a warning. 15063 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15064 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15065 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15066 15067 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15068 // reverse the list. 15069 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15070 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15071 15072 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15073 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15074 15075 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15076 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15077 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15078 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15079 15080 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15081 15082 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15083 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15084 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15085 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15086 else 15087 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15088 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15089 15090 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15091 if (AllElementsInt) 15092 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15093 } 15094 15095 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15096 QualType BestType; 15097 unsigned BestWidth; 15098 15099 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15100 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15101 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15102 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15103 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15104 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15105 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15106 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15107 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15108 QualType BestPromotionType; 15109 15110 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15111 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15112 // enum definitions. 15113 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15114 Packed = true; 15115 15116 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15117 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15118 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15119 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15120 else 15121 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15122 15123 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15124 } 15125 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15126 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15127 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15128 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15129 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15130 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15131 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15132 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15133 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15134 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15135 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15136 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15137 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15138 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15139 } else { 15140 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15141 15142 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15143 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15144 } else { 15145 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15146 15147 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15148 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15149 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15150 } 15151 } 15152 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15153 } else { 15154 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15155 // all of the enumerator values. 15156 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15157 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15158 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15159 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15160 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15161 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15162 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15163 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15164 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15165 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15166 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15167 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15168 BestPromotionType 15169 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15170 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15171 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15172 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15173 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15174 BestPromotionType 15175 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15176 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15177 } else { 15178 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15179 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15180 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15181 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15182 BestPromotionType 15183 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15184 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15185 } 15186 } 15187 15188 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15189 // the type of the enum if needed. 15190 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15191 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15192 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15193 15194 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15195 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15196 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15197 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15198 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15199 15200 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15201 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15202 15203 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15204 // the enum decl type. 15205 QualType NewTy; 15206 unsigned NewWidth; 15207 bool NewSign; 15208 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15209 !Enum->isFixed() && 15210 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15211 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15212 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15213 NewSign = true; 15214 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15215 // Already the right type! 15216 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15217 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15218 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15219 // enumeration. 15220 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15221 continue; 15222 } else { 15223 NewTy = BestType; 15224 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15225 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15226 } 15227 15228 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15229 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15230 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15231 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15232 15233 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15234 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15235 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15236 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15237 CK_IntegralCast, 15238 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15239 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15240 VK_RValue)); 15241 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15242 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15243 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15244 // enumeration. 15245 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15246 else 15247 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15248 } 15249 15250 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15251 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15252 15253 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15254 15255 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 15256 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15257 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15258 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15259 15260 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15261 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15262 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15263 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15264 << ECD << Enum; 15265 } 15266 } 15267 15268 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15269 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15270 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15271 } 15272 15273 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15274 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15275 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15276 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15277 15278 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15279 AsmString, StartLoc, 15280 EndLoc); 15281 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15282 return New; 15283 } 15284 15285 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15286 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15287 bool FromInclude = false) { 15288 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15289 15290 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15291 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15292 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15293 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15294 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15295 break; 15296 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15297 break; 15298 } 15299 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15300 } 15301 15302 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15303 DC = DC->getParent(); 15304 15305 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15306 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15307 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15308 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15309 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15310 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15311 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15312 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15313 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15314 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15315 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 15316 } 15317 } 15318 15319 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 15320 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15321 } 15322 15323 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 15324 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 15325 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15326 // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any 15327 // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a 15328 // module inteface (not a module map). 15329 auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule(); 15330 if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation 15331 ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None 15332 : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) { 15333 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 15334 << (unsigned)MDK; 15335 return nullptr; 15336 } 15337 15338 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it. 15339 15340 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 15341 // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current 15342 // module matters (eg a #include). 15343 15344 // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's 15345 // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character 15346 // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name. 15347 std::string ModuleName; 15348 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 15349 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 15350 ModuleName += "."; 15351 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 15352 } 15353 15354 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 15355 // correct. 15356 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 15357 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 15358 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 15359 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 15360 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15361 return nullptr; 15362 } 15363 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 15364 15365 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 15366 15367 switch (MDK) { 15368 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 15369 // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule. 15370 15371 // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module 15372 // map defining it already. 15373 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 15374 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 15375 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 15376 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 15377 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 15378 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 15379 << FE->getName(); 15380 return nullptr; 15381 } 15382 15383 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 15384 Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName); 15385 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 15386 15387 // Enter the semantic scope of the module. 15388 ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod); 15389 return nullptr; 15390 } 15391 15392 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 15393 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 15394 return nullptr; 15395 15396 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 15397 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 15398 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 15399 15400 DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc); 15401 if (Import.isInvalid()) 15402 return nullptr; 15403 return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get()); 15404 } 15405 15406 llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind"); 15407 } 15408 15409 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 15410 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15411 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15412 Module *Mod = 15413 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15414 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15415 if (!Mod) 15416 return true; 15417 15418 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15419 15420 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15421 15422 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15423 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15424 // silently ignoring the import. 15425 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 15426 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 15427 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 15428 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 15429 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 15430 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15431 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15432 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15433 15434 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15435 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15436 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15437 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15438 // We need the length to be consistent. 15439 if (!ModCheck) 15440 break; 15441 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15442 15443 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15444 } 15445 15446 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15447 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 15448 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15449 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15450 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 15451 TU->addDecl(Import); 15452 return Import; 15453 } 15454 15455 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15456 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15457 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15458 } 15459 15460 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15461 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15462 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15463 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15464 // 15465 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15466 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15467 TUKind == TU_Module && 15468 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15469 15470 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 15471 15472 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15473 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15474 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15475 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15476 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15477 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15478 DirectiveLoc); 15479 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15480 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 15481 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15482 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15483 } 15484 15485 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15486 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15487 } 15488 15489 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15490 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15491 15492 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 15493 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 15494 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15495 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 15496 15497 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15498 } 15499 15500 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) { 15501 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, EofLoc, CurContext); 15502 15503 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15504 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 15505 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15506 // is now out of date. 15507 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15508 } 15509 15510 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 15511 "left the wrong module scope"); 15512 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 15513 15514 // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an 15515 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 15516 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc); 15517 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 15518 "end of submodule in main source file"); 15519 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 15520 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15521 } 15522 15523 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15524 Module *Mod) { 15525 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15526 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15527 return; 15528 15529 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15530 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15531 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15532 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15533 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15534 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15535 15536 // Make the module visible. 15537 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15538 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15539 } 15540 15541 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 15542 /// (if present). 15543 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 15544 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15545 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 15546 15547 // C++ Modules TS draft: 15548 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 15549 // export keyword. 15550 // 15551 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 15552 // export-declaration. 15553 if (D->isExported()) 15554 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 15555 15556 CurContext->addDecl(D); 15557 PushDeclContext(S, D); 15558 return D; 15559 } 15560 15561 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 15562 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 15563 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 15564 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 15565 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 15566 15567 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 15568 // anonymous namespace). 15569 15570 PopDeclContext(); 15571 return D; 15572 } 15573 15574 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15575 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15576 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15577 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15578 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15579 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15580 LookupOrdinaryName); 15581 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15582 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15583 15584 // If a declaration that: 15585 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15586 // 2) has external linkage 15587 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15588 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15589 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15590 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15591 else 15592 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15593 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15594 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15595 } else 15596 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15597 } 15598 15599 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15600 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15601 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15602 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15603 15604 if (PrevDecl) { 15605 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15606 } else { 15607 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15608 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15609 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15610 } 15611 } 15612 15613 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15614 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15615 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15616 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15617 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15618 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15619 LookupOrdinaryName); 15620 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15621 15622 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15623 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15624 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15625 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15626 } else { 15627 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15628 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15629 } 15630 } 15631 15632 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15633 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15634 } 15635 15636 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 15637 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 15638 if (!D) 15639 return AR_Available; 15640 15641 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 15642 // both the availability of the method as well as the 15643 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 15644 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 15645 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 15646 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 15647 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 15648 if (R != AR_Available) 15649 return R; 15650 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 15651 } 15652 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 15653 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 15654 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 15655 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 15656 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 15657 } 15658 // Recover from user error. 15659 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 15660 } 15661